FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B66 The OneCell RP5100 LTE bands 4 and 10

 

Part IV: Appendices Appendix A Safety Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines D R A F T T F A R D Appendix A Safety This appendix contains specifications for CommScope OneCell, including FCC information and technical data. Radiation Exposure Statement Human exposure limits for OneCell deployments A-2 A-2 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 A-1 Appendix A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement Important: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by CommScope LLC could void your authority to operate the equipment. FCC Part 15 The Baseband Controller and RP5100 have been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A equipment, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. For more information, see the publication femtocells and Health at http:// www.femtoforum.org or visit the FCC website at www.fcc.gov. EN55032 WARNING This equipment is compliant with Class A of EN55032. In a residential environment, this equipment may cause radio interference. Human exposure limits for OneCell deployments The human exposure limits for the OneCell product is calculated by using the Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) method associated with fixed-type transmitter devices at a minimum exposure distance of 20 cm. Table A-1 includes values for one Radio Point (RP) and four Radio Points per chassis. T F A R D A-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix A Safety Table A-1. RF exposure for OneCell at maximum power internal antennas Parameter Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Transmitter Duty Cycle %

Number of Antennas (MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Ruggedized RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 21 0 0 100 2 21 0 5 100 2 21 0 11.8 100 2 21 0 12 100 2 21 0 12.5 100 2 21 0 13.5 100 2 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)

-5.990

-0.990 5.810 6.010 6.510 7.510 Bands 12,13,17 1,2,3,4,7,10,25 12,13,17 3 1,2,4,10,25 2620-2690 Frequency Range (MHz) 729-756 1805-2690 729-756 1805-1880 1930-2170 2620-2690 Point Source Total EIRP (watts) Power Density (W/m2) @ 20 cm 0.252 0.501 0.796 1.584 3.811 7.582 3.991 7.939 4.477 8.908 5.637 11.214 Reference documents

[1] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C, 2001, Evaluating Compliance with FCC guidelines for Human Exposure to radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields, US Federal Communications Commission, Office of Engineering and Technology June 2001.

[2] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 56, Questions and answers about biological effects and potential hazards of radio frequency electromagnetic fields, Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology, August 1999.

[3] ICNIRP Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields up to 300 GHz. International Commission on Non Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 74 (4): 494-522; 1998

[4] ICNIRP Statement on EMF-Emitting New Technologies, International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 94 (4):376-392, 2008

[5] 3GPP Document 3GPP TS 36.104 version 10.11.0 Release 10, LTE Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 A-3 Appendix A Safety T F A R D A-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting This section contains information on troubleshooting the OneCell installation. It includes the LED patterns for the Baseband Controller and Radio points. Baseband Controller LED patterns Radio Point LED patterns B-2 B-4 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 B-1 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns The Baseband Controller has four LEDs on the front panel. The following table shows Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED STATUS Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take Green, solid Power On Sectors up None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Green, blinking Firmware upgrade from DMS Sectors not up None Amber, blinking No configuration from DMS Check DMS availability Check if the provisioning is correct Escalate to operator OFF Red, solid*

Green, solid Amber, solid BC rebooting after upgrade None Error in system - software or hardware issues detected Replace Baseband Controller Module Power On Self-test failure None Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No Radio Points connected Check RP cable Off Red, blinking Radio Points connected, firmware upgrade from DMS None Check 1588 VLAN configuration Radio Point alarm - PLL state unlock; service impacting alarm from Radio Point (alarm in one or more RP) 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 RP ERROR T F A R D B-2 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take TIMING LED Green, solid Power On, timing None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No timing Check GPS antenna connection feed Off Red, solid*

Firmware upgrade from DMS None Error in system GPS module down Software/Hardware issues Replace Baseband Controller Module CORE LED Green, solid Power On Connection to MME None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No connection to MME IPsec is up Check the MME configuration on the BC Check if MME is reachable Off Red, blinking Firmware upgrade from DMS None Internet connection IPsec down Red, solid*

No Internet Interface hardware issues

* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is a BC hardware failure. Check if Security Gateway is reachable Check security credentials Replace Baseband Controller Module D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 B-3 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Radio Point LED patterns The Radio Point has two LEDs on the front cover, indicators for Radio and PoE+. The following table shows Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take RADIO Green, solid Power On, transmitting None Amber, solid Red, solid RFTxState OFF No Controller Assigned No Timing Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify RP is in STANDBY because more than 32 RPs are connected No connection to Controller HW error Low Power Hardware error replace RP module Green, blinking Firmware upgrade None Amber, blinking RF module Self-Test Failure Replace RF module POE+

Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the RP Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace RP Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the BC and RP Replace RP

* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is an RP hardware failure. T F A R D B-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix C Specifications This appendix contains specifications for CommScope OneCell, including FCC information and technical data. Electrical ratings and technical data C-2 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 C-1 Appendix C Specifications Electrical ratings and technical data The following table lists the electrical ratings and technical data for the Baseband Controller. Operating Environment 0 to 40C, 10 to 90% relative humidity, indoor use only, not for wet environments Electrical Rating 100 - 230 AC, 2.0A, 50 - 60Hz (auto ranging, no adjustment required) Dimensions 19w x 1.75H x 18.8 D (483mm W x 44.4mm H x 477mm D) Weight Safety Single BC 13.1 lbs (5.9 KG), Dual BC 19.1 lbs. (8.7 KG) IEC 60950-1 2005 (Second edition) + A1:2009 SPF/SPF+ specifications The following table lists the SPF and SPF+ specifications required for the Baseband Controller. 1G SFP LC SX Transceiver; 220M to 1K M 1G SFP LC LX transceiver, 550M 10K M 10G SFP+ LC SR Transceiver; Multi mode 26M to 300M SFP-10G-LR Transceiver; Single mode 10KM 10G Direct attach SFP+ cable; Twin ax Cable; 7M (must be compatible with HP & Cisco switches T F A R D C-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units This appendix contains instructions for replacing Baseband Controller modules and Radio Points in the OneCell system. FRU overview Replacing Baseband Controller modules Replacing Radio Points Replacing RF modules D-2 D-2 D-13 D-48 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-1 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units FRU overview Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) are modules that can be replaced on-site in case of equipment failure. On-site and off-site activities are required when replacing modules. The off-site activities are achieved by using DMS. This appendix contains details for replacing Baseband Controllers (BC) modules and Radio Points (RP). Replacing Baseband Controller modules The following procedure provides instructions for replacing the OneCell Baseband Controller (BC) module in a live network environment. This procedure is divided into four sections:

Off-site activities On-site activities Post-Install Verification Prerequisites Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing a BC. Prerequisite UDEF file for DMS import SSH password Replacement OneCell BC module Laptop for Web GUI access Config.tar file containing operator information Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. License file (if applicable) Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D D-2 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Prerequisite Configuration details for WebGUI commissioning Note: These parameters are derived from the failed unit being replaced. Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the OneCell Baseband Controller Management port DMS FTP IP address Off-site activities Before replacing the BC module, import a new EDF file to the DMS. This file contains the BC MAC address and HeMs password specific to the new BC. 1 Access the FTP location on DMS using ftp protocol, port 2100. 2 Upload the EDF file to /appdata/dms/import/factory. 3 Access the DMS Network console from a supported Web Browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Internet Explorer versions 9, 10 and 11 and Chrome version 36 Web browsers, and a screen resolution of 1024 x 768 and higher. 4 Enter the IP address for the Network Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/networkconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-3 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. 6 Enter the device Mac ID. The Network Management Portal opens. 7 Select Import tab located in the left margin of the Device console. 8 Select File Import. 9 Browse and select the desired import file. The EDF file format is xml. T F A R D D-4 10 Click Import. 11 Click Import Progress. Wait for the import to be completed. 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 12 Click the Operational History icon in the upper right corner of the page. The Operational History page displays. Check that the file import was successful. 13 Login to the Device console. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-5 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 14 Enter the MAC ID of the replacement Baseband Controller. NOTE: Your CommScope service engineer will provide the new BC MAC ID. 15 Select the Device configuration tab on the left margin. 16 Configure the same parameters from the BC being replaced. 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D D-6 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 17 Select the Dashboard menu item. The Controller will display "Out of Service" until the On-site installation is completed. On-site activities After the off-site activities are complete, you are ready to replace the BC module on-

site. 1 Power off the OneCell Baseband Controller. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-7 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Make a note of the existing cables connected to the failed OneCell BC. 3 Label the cables identifying the port locations on the BC. Disconnect the cables. T F A R D D-8 4 Remove the GPS antenna cable from the BC (if applicable). 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Turn the mounting screws on the BC front panel counterclockwise to loosen them and remove the BC module. 6 Insert the new BC module into the chassis and tighten the mounting screws. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-9 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Re-connect the cables as noted in step 3. T F A R D D-10 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Power on the controller. 9 Configure the BC. Follow configuration procedures starting with Accessing the Web GUI on page 5-13. Post-Install Verification On-site The operational state of the OneCell system can be determined by the LED status on the BCs front panel. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. Start the verification with Verify the OneCell system installation on page 6-2 and continue through the end of the chapter. Off-site 1 Open a supported Web browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Internet Explorer versions 9, 10 and 11 and Chrome version 36 Web browsers, and a screen resolution of 1024 x 768 and higher. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-11 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Enter the IP address for the Device Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/deviceconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. 3 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. T F A R D 4 Enter the MAC ID of the new BC. The BC Dashboard displays. The Summary at the top of the page should show Ready. D-12 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units NOTE: Provision the remaining Device configurations to align with the failed BC configuration on the DMS Device Configuration page. 5 Scroll to the bottom of the page to view the Device PnP status. If all of the PnP boxes have green checks, the BC replacement is successful. Stop here. If one or more of the PnP boxes are red, those activities failed. Go to the Device PnP page to identify the failed activity. Replacing Radio Points Prerequisites The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a OneCell Radio Point

(RP) module in a live network environment. On-site activities Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP RP post-replacement verification Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing an RP. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-13 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Prerequisite SSH password Replacement OneCell RP module Laptop for Web GUI access Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the OneCell Baseband Controller Management port On-site activities Before replacing the RP, delete the RP from the system using the WebGUI. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:

https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-14 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Ensure the Management Mode tab is selected. The Dashboard displays. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-15 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 6 Click the RP Information tab. 7 If one of the Radio Points is Down, select that RP by checking the box next to it. 8 Click Delete. 9 Check the Radio Point Information table to ensure the RP is deleted. T F A R D D-16 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) 1 Remove the ceiling tile next to the mounted RP to allow access to the mounting hardware and Ethernet cable. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-17 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-18 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-19 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Twist the RP to remove it. Set the failed RP aside. T F A R D D-20 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the mounting plate to the RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-21 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate and twist to engage. T F A R D D-22 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-23 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the plastic cover to the RP. T F A R D D-24 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Replace the ceiling tile. 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-25 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (on tile) 1 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-26 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the RP. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-27 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Twist the RP counterclockwise. 4 Remove the RP. T F A R D D-28 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-29 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Secure RP to plate. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. T F A R D D-30 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-31 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-32 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cables. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-33 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Loosen the RP. T F A R D D-34 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the RP. 5 Attach the mounting plate to the RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-35 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagon box. T F A R D D-36 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Secure the RP. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-37 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Connect the Ethernet cables. T F A R D D-38 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Attach RP cover. 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-39 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP 1 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-40 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cables. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-41 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Loosen the clamp, remove the RP. 4 Remove the bracket from the failed RP and attach it to the replacement RP. T F A R D D-42 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the replacement RP to the pole using the clamp. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-43 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Connect the Ethernet cables to the RP. T F A R D D-44 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Attach the cover to the RP. 8 Verify the RP installation. The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. RP post-replacement verification On-site The operational state of the replaced RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-45 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:

https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-46 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Ensure the Management Mode tab is selected. The Dashboard displays. 5 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 6 Click the RP Information tab. The RP Information page displays. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-47 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Make sure the replaced RP is UP. Replacing RF modules The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a OneCell Radio Point RF module. WARNING Disconnect the Ethernet cables on the RP to remove the power. Failure to do so will cause damage the RP. 1 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-48 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cables on the RP. 3 Unscrew the RF module. 4 Remove the RF module. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-49 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Install the replacement RF module. 6 Secure it in the slot. T F A R D D-50 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cables. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-51 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the RP cover. 9 Verify the RF module installation. The operational state of the RF module can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. T F A R D D-52 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines This section contains best practices for installing Ethernet cables and connecting them to RPs. Overview Cable handling Cable termination Lightning protection Ceiling connector Patch panel Power separation guidelines E-2 E-2 E-3 E-12 E-15 E-17 E-17 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-1 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview When installing Ruggedized RPs, cables that can withstand temperature extremes and inclement weather should be used. In outside environments, avoid contamination or damage to plugs. Plugs must be protected from sunlight and water in a suitable equipment housing or NEMA 4 rated box. It is also important to avoid exposure to water at cut ends of unfilled cables and cords. The following information is available to help you extend the operation of your RP and switches. Cable handling Indoor/outdoor cords can be routed outdoors above ground and indoors, and can be ordered in lengths long enough for direct (home-run) installations from switch to end equipment. Cords have 20% Insertion Loss De-rating so only 85 meters total can be supported. Extended lengths can be cut in two for terminating the indoor ends at protectors or panels. Terminations are similar to typical 4-pair indoor cables. Unreel long lengths of cable to ensure the cable does not become twisted or caught on objects. Figure E-1. Unreel cable T F A R D E-2 CommScope recommends using a sock fitted and secured over the plug to pull cable through long conduits. Sock information Tie wrap information 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-2. Cable with sock attached using tie wrap Sock Conduit Tie-wrap Feed the sock through the conduit and secure the sock on the terminal end of the cable with the tie-wrap. Once the sock and tie-wrap are in place, pull the cable through the conduit. Cable termination Before installing the Ruggedized RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. Figure E-3. RJ45, IP67 connector D R A F T Flip the plug anti-snag to make it easier to push through the cord grips (flip it back before plugging in). OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-3 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Use the split grommet provided. Once it is in place, coat it with silicone to ensure the connector is sealed. Figure E-4. Assembling the connector on the RP end Cable splicing Some cables are run in one piece from source to destination and have connector terminations. In other cases, two shorter pieces of cable need to be spliced together. When a cable is run to outdoor devices, you should take measures to ensure that cables are properly protected against moisture entering the cable. This is especially important when the jacket is stripped back from the wires. Some cables are gel filled and the termination includes cleaning the excess gel and blocking the end with silicone sealant to prevent future leakage. A typical blocking method uses a 2 cm length of Alpha Wire PVC-105-2 tubing or equivalent. 1 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant. 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D E-4 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. Clean off all excess sealant. NOTE: Tape can be used to stabilize the tube for immediate termination before the sealant sets. Cable termination Shielded cables must be properly terminated, either grounded or isolated. For exposed installations requiring protection, the end of the shield can be bonded in various ways. The following procedure is an example of one method. 1 Make a slit along the length of the jacket. Be careful not to tear the underlying shielding. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Pull back the jacket along the slit and remove. T F A R D E-6 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 3 Fold back the foil shielding and drain wire to expose the inner jacket. 4 Prepare the inner jacket for blocking the gel and direct burial. a Cut back the inner jacket b Trim the flute c Clean the excess gel NOTE: The flute can be cut longer to match the blocking tube length. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-7 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 5 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant and position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. 6 Fold the drain wire and foil back over the tube and position the foil to be folded back over the tube. T F A R D E-8 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 7 An extra piece of foil can be used to cover the foil seam. 8 For an HGS620 termination, wrap the drain wire at least two times around and position it where the spring clips will capture them. 9 Tape over the foil for stability. 10 Trim the wire ends. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-9 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Cable grounding For CAT-6A cables, the shield termination method is to use the ground lug and B-

bond clip that are available in the 12A1 Grounding Kit. 1 Fold the foil back over the jacket end and wrap the drain wire around the end and push the ground lug over the wrap. T F A R D E-10 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Open the B-bonding clip to be placed and closed over the grounding lug. 3 The lug tail can be cut off or used for ground attachment. 4 Treat the inner jacket as described in step 4 on page E-7. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-11 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines For an isolated shield termination, the 1572A and 1592A outer jacket foil and drain wire are removed a short distance back from the termination and electrical tape is used to isolate the foil end. Lightning protection CommScope recommends including lightning protection in your OneCell system to isolate equipment from surge damage. Important guidelines Verify hole diameter blocking may need to remain outside the cover Maintain pair twists up to termination points Avoid having pairs crossing over each other Indoor box To protect the cables in an indoor installation from lightning damage, CommScope recommends using the ITW Linx CAT6-A-LAN protector. NOTE The gel filled outdoor cable types will still need blocking. See Cable splicing and Cable termination for instructions on blocking cable. T F A R D E-12 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-5. CAT6-A lightning protector Outdoor protection The following is an example of a pole mounted CAT-6A configuration for protecting remote equipment installed outdoors. Table E-1 lists the recommended parts for installing the protection equipment. Table E-1. CAT-6A protection equipment parts list Part Name Link to Part on Distributors Web site NEMA 4x enclosure Allied Moulded fiberglass enclosure Back panel Ground buss Allied Moulded back panel Ditek surge protection buss Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Heyco pre-assembled cordgrips Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing Heyco liquid tight bushings snap-in Protector Pole mount kit Ditek 110RJC6APOE Protector Allied Moulded pole mount kit D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-13 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-6. Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices Back panel NEMA 4x enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Ground Buss Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing NOTE Enclosure should be mounted close to the equipment for the best protection. T F A R D E-14 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-7. Protector box mounted to pole Pole Mount kit Ceiling connector Minimize excess cord length If surge protection is not needed, gel flooded cables can be blocked and transitioned to indoor cable using a ceiling connector. The following link is for the recommended CommScope part. Ceiling connector 1 Terminate the indoor cable first then lay down a bed of B sealant. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-15 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Clean all gel from the end of the OSP cable. 3 After the cable and conductors are positioned, fill the area around the cable end with sealant and close the connector housing. T F A R D E-16 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Patch panel CommScope recommends installing a patch panel in the NOC to connect and manage CAT-6A cables. The following is a list of recommended CommScope 24 and 48 port patch panels and high density information outlets. For more information, go to CommScope.com or contact your CommScope customer representative. 760163436_HFTP-HD6B-1U-24 760163444_HFTP-HD6B-2U-48 760163451_HFTPA-HD6B-1U-24 760163469_HFTPA-HD6B-2U-48 760163519_HFTP-J6 760163527_HFTP-J10G Power separation guidelines For power separation best guidelines, refer to the following standards:

Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, TIA-569-C Information technology Implementation and operation of customer premises cabling Part 2: Planning and installation, ISO/IEC 14763-2 Information Technology Cabling Installation Part 2: Installation Planning and practices inside buildings, BS EN 50174-2 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-17 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines T F A R D E-18 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 B OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 DRAFT OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 913035 4.0.04 June 2019

 

 

ONECELL Hardware Installation Guide Release 5.5 Document Number: M0304AC Document Revision: 5.5.01 Date: July 2021 DRAFT Copyright 2021 CommScope, All rights reserved. THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY COMMSCOPE, AND IS INTENDED FOR THE USE OF ITS CUSTOMERS AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT PERSONNEL. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR COMMSCOPE SALES REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. T F A R D ii M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents Document revision history About this document Audience ....................................................................................................................xiii Purpose.......................................................................................................................xiii What you need to know .............................................................................................xiii Customer documentation ...........................................................................................xiii Conventions ................................................................................................................ xv Notes, cautions, and warnings ................................................................................... xvi PART 1 OVERVIEW AND PREPARATION Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview....................................................................................................................1-2 CommScope ONECELL system................................................................................1-2 ONECELL hardware components .............................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller physical ports.....................................................................1-3 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system Overview....................................................................................................................2-2 Before installing the ONECELL components ...........................................................2-2 Commissioning the ONECELL network ...................................................................2-2 PART 2 ONECELL COMPONENT INSTALLATION Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation..........................................................3-2 Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack...........................................................3-2 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview...................................................................................4-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................4-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T iii Contents Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................4-5 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................4-15 Flown mount ............................................................................................................4-22 Flown mount installation...................................................................................4-24 Pole mount ...............................................................................................................4-31 Pole mount installation......................................................................................4-31 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Rugged Radio Point installation overview ................................................................5-2 Antenna port label ...............................................................................................5-4 Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................5-4 Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................5-5 Wall mount installation ............................................................................................5-10 Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview..................................................6-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................6-3 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................6-5 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................6-13 Flown mount ............................................................................................................6-17 Flown mount installation...................................................................................6-18 Pole mount ...............................................................................................................6-23 Pole mount installation......................................................................................6-23 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview................................................7-2 Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................7-4 Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................7-4 Horizontal pole mount.......................................................................................7-10 Wall mount installation ............................................................................................7-17 T F A R D iv PART 3 APPENDICES Appendix A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement.................................................................................. A-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents FCC Part 15 ........................................................................................................ A-2 EN55032............................................................................................................. A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments ............................................... A-2 Reference documents ......................................................................................... A-5 FCC ID...................................................................................................................... A-6 RP5100 series ..................................................................................................... A-6 RP2000 series ..................................................................................................... A-7 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns ........................................................................... B-2 Radio Point LED patterns ......................................................................................... B-4 RP5100i LED patterns........................................................................................ B-4 RP5100r LED patterns ....................................................................................... B-6 RP2000 series LED patterns............................................................................... B-7 Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Environmental and physical specifications............................................................... C-1 SPF/SPF+ specifications........................................................................................... C-3 FRU overview...........................................................................................................D-2 Replacing Baseband Controller modules..................................................................D-2 Prerequisites .......................................................................................................D-2 Off-site activities ................................................................................................ D-3 On-site activities.................................................................................................D-7 Post-Install Verification .................................................................................... D-11 Replacing Radio Points prerequisites and on-site activities ...................................D-13 Prerequisites .....................................................................................................D-13 On-site activities...............................................................................................D-14 Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points................................................................... D-16 Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile).........................................................D-17 Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i...............................................................D-32 Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i .................................................................D-42 Replacing RP5100i RF modules.............................................................................D-47 Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points................................................................... D-52 Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (above tile) ......................................................D-52 Replacing a flown mounted Indoor RP ............................................................ D-62 D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 v Contents Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP...............................................................D-66 Replacing a vertical pole mounted Rugged RP................................................D-69 Replacing a horizontal pole mounted Rugged RP............................................D-76 Replacing a wall mounted Rugged RP.............................................................D-81 RP post-replacement verification............................................................................ D-85 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview................................................................................................................... E-2 Cable handling .......................................................................................................... E-2 Cable termination...................................................................................................... E-3 Cable splicing ..................................................................................................... E-4 Cable termination ............................................................................................... E-5 Cable grounding ............................................................................................... E-10 Lightning protection................................................................................................ E-12 Important guidelines......................................................................................... E-12 Indoor box ........................................................................................................ E-12 Outdoor protection ........................................................................................... E-13 Ceiling connector .................................................................................................... E-15 Patch panel .............................................................................................................. E-17 Power separation guidelines ................................................................................... E-17 T F A R D vi M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents D R A F T vii ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of figures Figure 1-1 Figure 1-2 Figure 3-1 Figure 4-1 Figure 4-2 Figure 4-3 Figure 4-4 Figure 5-1 Figure 5-2 Figure 5-3 Figure 5-4 Figure 6-1 Figure 6-2 Figure 6-3 Figure 6-4 Figure E-1 Figure E-2 Figure E-3 Figure E-4 Figure E-5 Figure E-6 Figure E-7 ONECELL solution .........................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller ports ...............................................................1-5 Fan label...........................................................................................3-5 CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................4-3 Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................4-4 CommScope flown mount kit contents..........................................4-23 Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................4-31 Hardware provided by CommScope................................................5-2 Hardware provided by the systems integrator .................................5-3 RJ45, IP67 connector assembly.......................................................5-4 Antenna port label............................................................................5-4 CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................6-3 Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................6-4 CommScope supplied kit contents.................................................6-17 Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................6-23 Unreel cable .................................................................................... E-2 Cable with sock attached using tie wrap......................................... E-3 RJ45, IP67 connector...................................................................... E-3 Assembling the connector on the RP end ....................................... E-4 CAT6-A lightning protector ......................................................... E-13 Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices....................... E-14 Protector box mounted to pole...................................................... E-15 D R A F T viii ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of tables Table 1 Table 2 Table 1-1 Table A-1 Table A-2 Table C-1 Table E-1 Customer documentation ................................................................... xiv Conventions ........................................................................................ xv Baseband Controller physical port assignments.................................1-4 RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5000 series ....................................................................................A-3 RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series ....................................................................................A-4 Environmental and Physical specifications....................................... C-1 CAT-6A protection equipment parts list ......................................... E-13 D R A F T ix ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of tables T F A R D x M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Document revision history The following section lists documentation changes in ONECELL Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AC). Revision 5.5.01 (July 8, 2021) Initial document release D R A F T xi ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Document revision history T F A R D xii M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 About this document This document provides the procedures for installing and configuring the Baseband Controller and Radio Points. Audience Purpose This document is written for computer hardware installers and administrators, network architects and business planners who are responsible for the planning and design of the CommScope ONECELL deployment environment. This guide provides the information necessary for installing the ONECELL hardware in the operators network. What you need to know The reader should have a basic understanding of:

Data networks LTE technology General telecommunications practices Customer documentation The following table lists available documents in the ONECELL documentation suite. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T xiii About this document Table 1. Customer documentation Title Contents ONECELL Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AC) Includes detailed installation instructions for Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware. ONECELL Feature Guide, v5.5

(M0304AE) ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF) Contains a description of anchor features for the current and previous releases, and a system overview, including CommScope provided components and required components from other vendors. Describes main components of the ONECELL system, high-level view of hardware components, how do you engineer an in-building system, how do you determine Radio Points locations, and how to design in-building systems. Contains best practices for deployment, including when to use clustering, and how to manage capacity. ONECELL RP5200 Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AG) Includes detailed installation instructions for Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware. OM and KPI Reference for ONECELL Devices, v5.5

(M0304AK) Describes the operational measurements and key performance indicators for ONECELL devices. ONECELL Troubleshooting, v5.5

(M0304AJ) Covers common troubleshooting scenarios in deployed devices and troubleshooting methods. ONECELL Administration, v5.5

(M0304AH) Describes how to operate, maintain and manage ONECELL devices using the Baseband Controllers Web UI. ONECELL Device Alarm Reference (M0304AL) Includes ONECELL device alarm information. T F A R D xiv M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 About this document Conventions This guide uses the following text conventions, as applicable. Table 2. Conventions Convention Description Syntax symbols

Font usage Bold input font Italic input font Plain output font Italic output font Enclose a required parameter or set of parameters. For example:

>band-class <class>

<class> is a required parameter. Enclose an optional parameter or set of parameters. For example:

>activate image <version> [reboot]

[reboot] is an optional parameter. Separates items on a list of parameters, only one of which can be used. For example:

>channel-included <yes|no>

A valid command is:

>channel-included yes Indicates text that must be entered exactly as shown. For example:

Enter ping 192.23.10.12. Indicates a variable parameter for which you must provide an actual value. For example:

>authentication key <aukey>

<aukey> is a variable parameter. A valid command is:

>authentication key 9782503000 Indicates system output in a command line or system-

generated file. For example:

IP address 192.23.10.12 is alive. Indicates a variable in system output in a command line or system-generated file. For example:

Installation of release <release> is complete. D R A F T xv ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 About this document Table 2. Conventions Convention Description blue text Indicates a hypertext link. Plain italic font Bold font Other conventions

Indicates file names, directory paths, book titles, chapter titles, and user accounts. Indicates text that appears on screen exactly as shown, for example, names of screens, names of buttons, items on menus, and items on pull down lists. Indicates graphical user interface (GUI) menu path. For example:

Select Edit > Add Network to open the Add Network screen. Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE Notes provide additional information about the subject text. CAUTION Cautions indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can cause equipment damage or data loss. WARNING Warnings indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can harm you. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D xvi Part I: Overview and preparation Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview This chapter contains a high level overview of the ONECELL deployment and the ONECELL components installed in the ONECELL system. Overview CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL hardware components 1-2 1-2 1-3 D R A F T 1-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview ONECELL is a revolutionary wireless system that can deliver the ultimate in wireless performance. It eliminates cell borders and handovers It can cover a large area with consistent user experience without any significant interference It can take advantage of multiple distributed radio points to deliver a stronger signal on both the downlink and the uplink It can deliver greater capacity through distributed (multi-user and single-user) MIMO and Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) It has the flexibility to neutralize macro interference in co-channel small cell deployments It can be used to deliver unprecedented levels of capacity to hot spot areas by deploying radio points with overlapping coverage and enabling multi- user MIMO In addition to these important benefits in user experience and data capacity, ONECELL provides superior economics and investment protection, ease of deployment and support for multi-operator deployments. CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL is an in-building, enterprise solution for LTE that provides an in-building consistent signal. It operates as a wireless network with a single cell, called a Baseband Controller, over distributed Radio Points. Network operators benefit from the ONECELL because they reduce the load on their infrastructure. T F A R D 1-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 1-1. ONECELL solution Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview ONECELL hardware components The ONECELL hardware consists of the following components:

Baseband Controller Baseband Controller Chassis Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) Baseband Controller physical ports The following ports are on the front panel of the Baseband Controller Module. Table 1-1 shows the port assignments. In addition, there is a connector used for the GPS antenna cable. NOTE For more detailed BC port information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 1-3 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Table 1-1. Baseband Controller physical port assignments Port Assignment Network Port Speed Media Type Description MGMT 1 Gbps RJ45 Local Management External Interface to access the WebGUI on the Baseband Controller. Not used 1 Gbps Not used IQ Data 1 Gbps Boundary Clock 1 Gbps IPsec 1 Gbps X2 and Redundancy 1 Gbps 1 Gbps RP Management and Timing RJ45 RJ45 Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP IQ Data 10 Gbps SFP+

Not used 10 Gbps SFP+

Not used Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via an Ethernet switch on copper (RJ45) port. Boundary Clock Input of IEEE 1588 PTP Timing signal via dual media port. Backhaul Traffic (S1 and OAM Interfaces) via dual media port. VLAN tags are configurable in Dual IPsec mode to separate different traffic streams on the same port. Fronthaul Traffic for X2 and Redundancy Cluster data via dual media port. Fronthaul Traffic for IEEE 1588 PTP timing and SOAP/XML control data via dual media port. Timing and OAM data traffic between Baseband Controller and Radio Points through an Ethernet switch(s) Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via Ethernet switch on Fiber (SFP) port. 0 1-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 T F A R D 1-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 1-2. Baseband Controller ports Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Copper wire ports Fiber optic ports ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 1-5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview T F A R D 1-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system This section has the steps to complete before starting the ONECELL installation. Overview Before installing the ONECELL components 2-2 2-2 D R A F T 2-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system Overview This document describes the ONECELL installation and includes:

Chapter 3, Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4, RP5100i installation Chapter 5, RP5100r installation Chapter 6, RP2000 Installation Chapter 7, RP2100 Installation Before installing the ONECELL components Before installing the ONECELL components, the system integrator must plan the network for the topology that will be deployed. See OneCell Network Planning Guide

(913023). CommScope recommends that cables and switches be in place before installing the ONECELL components. See Appendix E, Cable installation and power separation guidelines for more information. Commissioning the ONECELL network To bring your ONECELL system up, youll need to commission the system by configuring it. The commissioning procedures are dependent on the site installation. Contact your CommScope representative for your commissioning procedures. T F A R D 2-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Part II: ONECELL component installation Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation This chapter contains the Baseband Controller installation procedures, including chassis installation into a rack, Baseband Controller Module and Power/Fan Unit installation into the Baseband Controller Chassis and the cables required for a basic installation. Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack 3-2 3-2 D R A F T 3-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Open the shipping box. It should have the components for one complete Baseband Controller Module:

Baseband Controller Chassis including four mounting screws Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) The Baseband Controller is 1U high. Be sure there is enough room for the Baseband Controller in the rack. NOTE If you are installing a ONECELL system with GPS timing, you will need a coaxial cable with an SMA-type male connector to the Baseband Controller. For information on RF gain requirements, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack The Baseband Controller can be installed in a 19-inch or 600mm rack. The Baseband Controller Chassis package contains two kits: one with 19-inch brackets and one with 600mm brackets. CAUTION The Baseband Controller, when mounted, must be in the horizontal position. No other orientations are allowed. NOTE The chassis requires four screws to secure it into the rack. 1 Select the 19-inch or 600mm bracket kit according to the size of the rack. Attach the brackets to the Baseband Controller Chassis M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 3-2 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 2 Slide the chassis into the rack. 3 Line up the holes in the chassis ears to the holes in the rack. 4 Secure the chassis with the screws. D R A F T 3-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 5 Carefully slide the BC into the front of the chassis. 6 Secure the BC by tightening the front panel screws. T F A R D 3-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 7 In the back of the rack, carefully slide the PFU into the back of the chassis. CAUTION The PFU has a fan hazard. A label is affixed to the top of the PFU indicating the hazard. Figure 3-1. Fan label NOTE: The connectors on the PFU should fit easily into the connector on the BC. Do not force the PFU into the chassis. D R A F T 3-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 8 Secure the PFU by tightening the thumb screws. 9 Connect the power cord to the PFU. T F A R D 3-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 10 On the Baseband Controller Modules front panel, connect the GPS antenna cable. 11 Connect the Ethernet or fiber optic cable to the appropriate port. D R A F T 3-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 12 On the back of the Baseband Controller, turn on the power. The LEDs on the front panel will be solid green, when the power is on. If none are on, check your power connection. If the LED pattern is other than all green, see Baseband Controller LED patterns on page B-2. T F A R D 3-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. RP5100i installation overview Ceiling mount Flown mount Pole mount 4-2 4-3 4-22 4-31 D R A F T 4-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview The RP5100i is the Radio Point for indoor solutions. There are four configurations for installing the RP5100i, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount, on tile Ceiling mount, above tile Flown mount Pole mount Once the Radio Point is installed and powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4 PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. For more information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). NOTE NOTE T F A R D 4-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Ceiling mount Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:

Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp and screw Figure 4-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit contents Octagon box Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws D R A F T 4-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Drop rail Eaton B-line BA50A or equivalent, with a static load capacity of at least 25 lbs without a drop wire, recommended Figure 4-2. Drop rail, system integrator-provided Drop rail Clamp 2 screws T F A R D 4-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. 2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening. 3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through. NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent. D R A F T 4-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. 70 mm

(2.7) 138 mm

(5.4) Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screws M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 4-6 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 6 Install the drop rail/octagon box assembly over the modified tile. T F A R D 4-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box and feed the Ethernet cable through the small hole in the ceiling tile. Ethernet cable Mounting plate D R A F T 4-9 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. 9 Mount the Radio Point on the octagon box plate. Ethernet cable T F A R D 4-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 10 Secure Radio Point to the octagon plate. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 11 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D 4-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 12 Connect Ethernet cable to the MR port on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 13 Replace plastic cover on the Radio Point. 14 Replace the ceiling tile next to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. D R A F T 4-15 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. NOTE: CommScope recommends an Eaton B-line BA50A adjustable bracket. Clamp Drop rail Octagon box Screw T F A R D 4-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 3 Attach the bracket to the mounting plate to the octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Attach plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. D R A F T 4-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box mounting plate. T F A R D 4-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Install drop rail above the ceiling tile. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. 8 Connect the Ethernet cables to the Radio Point MR port. T F A R D 4-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 9 Replace the cover on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 3 Ceiling tile D R A F T 4-21 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 10 Replace the ceiling tile. Flown mount The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:

Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts NOTE: Remove the top, middle cutout. Clamp and screw this hardware is not required for the flown mount option T F A R D 4-22 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 4-3. CommScope flown mount kit contents Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Octagon box Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Rod, 3/8-inch threaded Nut Lock nut, nylon Flat washers D R A F T 4-23 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Flown mount installation 1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling. 2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod. 3 Slide the octagon box on the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut. NOTE: Be sure the bracket is tight between the nuts and there is enough clearance at the end of the rod to attach the bracket to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-24 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 4 Attach plate to octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-25 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-26 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-27 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D 4-28 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-29 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 9 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. Installation is complete. T F A R D 4-30 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Pole mount Chapter 4 RP5100i installation The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:

Mounting bracket Screws Figure 4-4. Mounting bracket kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole Pole mount installation 1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point. D R A F T 4-31 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket. 3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio Point to the pole. T F A R D 4-32 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T 4-33 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port. T F A R D 4-34 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Replace the plastic cover on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-35 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Installation is complete. T F A R D 4-36 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls. Rugged Radio Point installation overview Pole mount installation Wall mount installation 5-2 5-4 5-10 D R A F T 5-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Rugged Radio Point installation overview The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:

Radio Point Mounting plate Mounting bolts (M8 Hex) RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 6A cables Figure 5-1. Hardware provided by CommScope NOTE An M8 hex wrench is required to install mounting bolts. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Two U bolts Four nuts ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-2 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 5E Ethernet surge protector, as required by local code (for example, DTK-MRJPOEX or DTK-MRJPOES) NOTE If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4 PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. In this case, the installer needs to provide a CAT 5E MPN 17-10044 connector (https://

www.conec.com/catalog/en/rj45-stecker-set.html) to connect the RJ45 to the SR port. For more information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5

(M0304AF). Figure 5-2. Hardware provided by the systems integrator T F A R D 5-3 Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Four molly screws capable 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. Before connecting the Ethernet cables to the RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 5-3. RJ45, IP67 connector assembly Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Antenna port label In a multi operator deployment, each operator can connect their own antenna for the Bands and slots they intend to use. This feature allows an operator to reserve the Band/Radio module slot on an outdoor RP5100r to be used for or by a Baseband Controller when outdoor RP5100s are deployed in an enterprise with multiple Baseband Controllers (up to 4). The antenna port label shows the antenna ports, internal slot number and supported band. These parameters are configured at the factory. Figure 5-4. Antenna port label Pole mount installation There is vertical orientation for pole mount installations NOTE The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-4 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Vertical pole mount 1 Slide the two U bolt clamps onto the pole and secure the RP mounting plate to the clamps with four nuts. T F A R D 5-5 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP. Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP D R A F T 5-6 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 3 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with all connectors at the bottom of the RP. Required orientation with connectors at the bottom of the RP T F A R D 5-7 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 4 Align holes at bottom location of bracket. Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 5-8 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 5 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port. MR port Ethernet T F A R D 5-9 Antenna cables M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Wall mount installation 1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws. T F A R D 5-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-11 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP 4 Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. T F A R D 5-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 5 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. D R A F T 5-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 6 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP. 7 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port. NOTE: Insert the Ethernet surge protection as required by local code (for example, DTK-MRJPOEX or DTK-MRJPOES). MR Ethernet port T F A R D Antenna cables 5-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview Ceiling mount Flown mount Pole mount 6-2 6-3 6-17 6-23 D R A F T 6-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview There are four configurations for installing the Radio Point, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount, on tile Ceiling mount, above tile Flown mount Pole mount NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. T F A R D 6-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Ceiling mount Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:

Radio Point mounting plate and 4 screws Octagon box mounting plate and 2 screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp with screw - not required for flown mount option Figure 6-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit contents Octagon box Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Clamp with 1 screw Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws D R A F T 6-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by the systems integrator:

Drop rail Eaton B-line BA50 recommended Figure 6-2. Drop rail, system integrator-provided T F A R D 6-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening. D R A F T 6-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through. NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent. 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. NOTE: CommScope recommends the Eaton B-line BA50 bracket. 1/2-inch diameter hole Hole for mounting plate Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screw M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 6-6 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation D R A F T 6-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Install the drop rail assembly over the ceiling tile with the cutouts. T F A R D 6-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Ethernet cable Mounting plate 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. D R A F T 6-9 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 9 Mount the Radio Point to the octagon box plate. 10 Secure the Radio Point. T F A R D 6-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 11 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 12 Replace the second ceiling tile. D R A F T 6-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Installation is complete. T F A R D 6-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screw D R A F T 6-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 3 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. 4 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. T F A R D 6-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 5 Install the drop rail assembly to the ceiling tile rail. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 3 Ceiling tile ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 6-15 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Connect Ethernet cable to RP. 7 Replace the ceiling tile. T F A R D 6-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Flown mount The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used for buildings where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the hardware listed in Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview on page 6-2 Figure 6-3. CommScope supplied kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Rod, 3/8-inch threaded 2 flat washers Nut Lock nut, nylon D R A F T 6-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Flown mount installation 1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling. 2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod. 3 Slide the octagon box onto the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut. T F A R D 6-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 4 Attach the plate with two screws to the octagon box. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 5 Attach the CommScope supplied mounting plate to the Radio Point with four screws. D R A F T 6-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. T F A R D 6-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 7 Secure the Radio Point to the octagon box plate. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation D R A F T 6-21 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. Installation is complete. T F A R D 6-22 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Pole mount Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:

Mounting bracket 4 screws Figure 6-4. Mounting bracket kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole Pole mount installation 1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point. Mounting bracket D R A F T 6-23 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket. 3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio Point to the pole. 4 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. T F A R D 6-24 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Installation is complete. D R A F T 6-25 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation T F A R D 6-26 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls. Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview Pole mount installation Wall mount installation 7-2 7-4 7-17 D R A F T 7-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:

Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Radio Point Mounting plate Mounting brackets Four tamper-resistant mounting screws (M5) RJ45, IP67 connector Two 4.3-10 antenna couplers NOTE A tamper-resistant T25 Torx bit, 1/4" hex shank, attached to a driver handle, is required to secure the tamper-resistant mounting screws. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Two adjustable clamps ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-2 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Four molly screws capable 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating Before installing the RP on the pole, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. T F A R D 7-3 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Pole mount installation There are two orientations for pole mount installations:

Vertical pole mount Horizontal pole mount NOTE The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm). Vertical pole mount 1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate. NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs. 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the RP plate. Slide adjustable clamp end through slots ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-4 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to the pole. T F A R D 7-5 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-6 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket. T F A R D 7-7 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-8 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-9 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Horizontal pole mount 1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate. NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs. T F A R D 7-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the RP plate. Slide adjustable clamp end through slots D R A F T 7-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to the pole. 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. T F A R D 7-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-13 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket and install two additional screws. T F A R D 7-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-15 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Wall mount installation 1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws. D R A F T 7-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. Required orientation T F A R D 7-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 4 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. 5 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Part III: Appendices Appendix A Safety Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines D R A F T T F A R D Appendix A Safety This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Radiation Exposure Statement Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments FCC ID A-2 A-2 A-6 D R A F T A-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement Important: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by CommScope LLC could void your authority to operate the equipment. The Baseband Controller and RP5100 have been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A equipment, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. For more information, see the publication femtocells and Health at http:// www.femtoforum.org or visit the FCC website at www.fcc.gov. FCC Part 15 NOTE EN55032 WARNING This equipment is compliant with Class A of EN55032. In a residential environment, this equipment may cause radio interference. T F A R D A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments The human exposure limits for the ONECELL product is calculated by using the Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) method associated with fixed-type transmitter devices at a minimum exposure distance of 20 cm. WARNING This equipment is not suitable for use in locations where children are likely to be present. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Table A-1 includes values for one Radio Point (RP5000 series) and four Radio Points per chassis. Chapter A Safety Table A-1. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5000 series Parameter RPM-A5A11-

B66 RPM-A5A11-

B02 RPM-I5A11-

B01 RPM-I5A11-

B03 RPM-I5A11-

B07 24.13 24.23 24.25 24.00 24.70 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Number of Antennas

(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Bands Point Source Total EIRP

(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @

20 cm Transmitter Duty Cycle %

100 100 100 100 100 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW) 1.140 1.240 1.260 1.010 1.710 Frequency Range (MHz) 2110-2200 1930-1990 2110-2170 1805-1880 2620-2690 1.300 1.331 1.337 1.262 1.483 2.587 2.647 2.569 2.510 2.950 1. For persons with implants, the maximum calculated distance of 30cm. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. 2. For general public and workers, a measured distance of 5mm was determined. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. For general public and workers, a calculated distance of 20cm was determined. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 2 and 66. Parameter RPM-I5A11-

B17 RPM-A5A11-

B12 RPM-A5A11-

B14 RPM-A5A11-

B05 RPM-A5A11-

B30 21.70 21.88 21.45 21.58 20.99 0 4 2 66 0 4 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 0 4 2 2 0 4 0 4 2 3 0 2 0 4 2 7 0 5 0 4 2 1 0 4 D R A F T A-3 100 2

-1.110 12 0.775 1.541 21 0 5 2 100 Parameter RPM-I5A11-

B17 RPM-A5A11-

B12 RPM-A5A11-

B14 RPM-A5A11-

B05 RPM-A5A11-

B30 100 2 100 2 100 2 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)

-1.290 Bands

-1.540 14

-3.410 5

-1.000 30 Frequency Range (MHz) 734-746 729 - 746 758 - 768 869-894 2350-2360 Chapter A Safety Transmitter Duty Cycle %

Number of Antennas

(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Point Source Total EIRP

(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @

20 cm 100 2 12 0.743 1.478 0.702 0.456 0.794 1.396 0.907 1.58 Table A-2 includes values for one Radio Point (RP2000 and RP2100) and four Radio Points per chassis. Table A-2. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series Parameter Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Rugged RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 21 0 11.8 100 2 21 0 12 100 2 21 0 12.5 100 2 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna 21 Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Transmitter Duty Cycle %

100 Number of Antennas (MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) 0 0 2 T F A R D A-4 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)

-5.990

-0.990 5.810 6.010 6.510 Bands 12,13,17 1,2,3,4,7,10,25 12,13,17 3 1,2,4,10,25 Frequency Range (MHz) 729-756 1805-2690 729-756 1805-1880 1930-2170 Point Source Total EIRP (watts) 0.252 0.796 3.811 3.991 4.477 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 21 0 13.5 100 2 7.510 2620-

2690 2620-

2690 5.637 Chapter A Safety Table A-2. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series (continued) Parameter Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Rugged RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 Power Density (W/m2) @ 20 cm 0.501 1.584 7.582 7.939 8.908 11.214 Reference documents

[1] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C, 2001, Evaluating Compliance with FCC guidelines for Human Exposure to radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields, US Federal Communications Commission, Office of Engineering and Technology June 2001.

[2] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 56, Questions and answers about biological effects and potential hazards of radio frequency electromagnetic fields, Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology, August 1999.

[3] ICNIRP Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields up to 300 GHz. International Commission on Non Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 74 (4): 494-522; 1998

[4] ICNIRP Statement on EMF-Emitting New Technologies, International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 94 (4):376-392, 2008

[5] 3GPP Document 3GPP TS 36.104 version 10.11.0 Release 10, LTE Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception D R A F T A-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety FCC ID The FCC ID is available on the information labels attached to the RPs. RP5100 series For the RP5100i, the FCC ID for each of the installed radio modules is visible when the cover is removed. The drawing below shows the label on the radio module. T F A R D A-6 The RP5100r FCC ID is on the label located on the side of device as shown in the drawing below. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter A Safety FCC ID label RP2000 series The RP2000 FCC ID is on the label located on the back of the device as shown in the drawing below. FCC ID label D R A F T A-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety The RP2100 FCC ID is on the label located on the side of the device as shown in the drawing below. FCC ID label T F A R D A-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting This section contains information on troubleshooting the ONECELL installation. It includes the LED patterns for the Baseband Controller and Radio points. Baseband Controller LED patterns Radio Point LED patterns B-2 B-4 D R A F T B-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns The Baseband Controller has four LEDs on the front panel. The following table shows Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take STATUS Green, solid None Power On Sectors up RP ERROR Green, solid Power On None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Green, blinking Firmware upgrade from DMS None Sectors not up Amber, blinking No configuration from DMS Check DMS availability Check if the provisioning is correct Escalate to operator OFF BC rebooting after upgrade None Red, solid*

Error in system - software or hardware issues detected Replace Baseband Controller Module Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No Radio Points connected Check RP cable Off Radio Points connected, firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, blinking Check 1588 VLAN configuration Radio Point alarm - PLL state unlock; service impacting alarm from Radio Point (alarm in one or more RP) M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D B-2 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take TIMING LED Green, solid Power On, timing None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No timing Check GPS antenna connection feed Off Firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, solid*

Error in system Replace Baseband Controller Module CORE LED Green, solid Power On None GPS module down Software/Hardware issues Connection to MME Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No connection to MME IPsec is up Check the MME configuration on the BC Check if MME is reachable Off Firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, blinking Internet connection IPsec down Check if Security Gateway is reachable Check security credentials Red, solid*

No Internet Replace Baseband Controller Module Interface hardware issues

* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is a BC hardware failure. D R A F T B-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Radio Point LED patterns This section contains LED patterns for RP5100 series and RP2000 series. RP5100i LED patterns The Radio Point RP5100i supports six LEDs on the front cover. Indicators are for four radios (one for each) ETH 1 MR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link ETH 2 SR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link T F A R D B-4 ETH 1, 2 RADIO 1, 2, 3, 4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting The following table shows:

Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take RADIO 1 Green, solid Power On, transmitting None RADIO 2 RADIO 3 RADIO 4 Amber, solid Red, solid RFTxState OFF No Controller Assigned No Timing No connection to Controller HW error Low Power Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify that the Radio Point is in STANDBY because more than 32 RPs are connected Hardware error replace Radio Point Green, blinking Firmware upgrade None Amber, blinking RF module Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Module Eth 1 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point Eth 2 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point

* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is an RP hardware failure. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T B-5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting RP5100r LED patterns The Radio Point RP5100r has one LED. The following table includes the LED patterns. LED Display Pattern Indicates Green, blinking Not all available radio modules are in use RFTx ON for all radio modules Action to Take No action required All available radio modules are in use RFTx ON for all radio modules No action required Replace Radio Point Error in the system. No module connected to the BC All modules have low power No modules in use Note: The radio modules may be connected to the BC. Check the connection between the RP and BC. Check that the BC admin status is UP. Green, fast blinking Software upgrade No action required Green, solid Red, solid Red, blinking T F A R D B-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting RP2000 series LED patterns The RP2000 and RP2100 Radio Points have one LED. The LED for the RP2000

(Indoor) is on the front cover. The LED for the RP2100 (Rugged) is on the bottom of the Radio Point where the Ethernet cable port is located. The following table shows:

Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take STATUS Green, solid Power On RFTx state is ON Amber, solid Self-test failure None Replace RP None Green, blinking Amber, blinking Firmware upgrade Connected to Baseband Controller PLL state unlock RFTx state OFF or suspended L2 path verification failed Admin state STANDBY Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify RP is in STANDBY because more than 32 Radio Points are connected to the same Baseband Controller Red, blinking No connection to Baseband Controller

(http) Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace RP Red, solid Error in system software or hardware issues Interface issues detected AdminState UNLOCKED Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Upgrade Radio Point Replace Radio Point D R A F T B-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting T F A R D B-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix C Specifications This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Environmental and physical specifications SPF/SPF+ specifications C-1 C-3 Environmental and physical specifications The following table lists the electrical ratings and technical data for the Baseband Controller, RP5100 series and RP2000/RP2100. Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications Baseband Controller Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0C to 40C Operating Humidity 10%-90% Non-Condensing Power Requirements 120/230 VAC,1.7/0.85 A, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption 204W Typical / 216W Maximum Dimensions 1 Rack Unit Chassis hosts 2 Baseband Controller module units 19" W x 1.75" H x 18.8" D (483mm W x 44.4mm H x 477mm D) Weight RP5100i Single BC 13.1 lbs (5.9 kg) Dual BC 19.1 lbs. (8.7 kg) D R A F T C-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix C Specifications Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications (continued) Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing Operating temperatures: 0C to 50C Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C Power Requirements IEEE802.3bt-type 4 PoE++

Power Consumption Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM) 13.54" W x13.54 H x 3.35" D

(344.0 mm W x 344.0 mm H x 85.0 mm D) 8.82 lbs (4 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing Operating temperatures: 0C to 50C Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C Power Requirements IEEE802.3bt-type4 PoE++

Power Consumption Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM) Dimensions 14.9" W x 12.64" H x 4.06" D

(378.7 mm W x 321.1 mm H x 102.5 mm D) 21.7 lbs (9.85 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures:0C to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity: 10%-95% Non-Condensing Power Requirements 802.3at PoE+

Power Consumption 22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum Dimensions 7.4" W x 9.25" H x 1.75" D

(188mm W x 235mm H x 45mm D) 2.6 lbs (1.2 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures: -40C to 60C Power Requirements 802.3at PoE+

Power Consumption 22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum Dimensions Weight RP5100r Weight RP2000 Weight RP2100 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D C-2 Appendix C Specifications Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications (continued) Dimensions 9.3" W x 9.1" H x 3.0" D

(236mm W x 230mm H x 76mm D) Weight 8 lbs (0.6 kg) SPF/SPF+ specifications The following table lists the SPF and SPF+ specifications required for the Baseband Controller. 1G SFP LC SX Transceiver; 220M to 1K M 1G SFP LC LX transceiver, 550M 10K M 10G SFP+ LC SR Transceiver; Multi mode 26M to 300M SFP-10G-LR Transceiver; Single mode 10KM 10G Direct attach SFP+ cable; Twin ax Cable; 7M (must be compatible with HP & Cisco switches D R A F T C-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix C Specifications T F A R D C-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021

 

 

ONECELL Hardware Installation Guide Release 5.5 Document Number: M0304AC Document Revision: 5.5.01 Date: July 2021 DRAFT Copyright 2021 CommScope, All rights reserved. THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY COMMSCOPE, AND IS INTENDED FOR THE USE OF ITS CUSTOMERS AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT PERSONNEL. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR COMMSCOPE SALES REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. T F A R D ii M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents Document revision history About this document Audience ....................................................................................................................xiii Purpose.......................................................................................................................xiii What you need to know .............................................................................................xiii Customer documentation ...........................................................................................xiii Conventions ................................................................................................................ xv Notes, cautions, and warnings ................................................................................... xvi PART 1 OVERVIEW AND PREPARATION Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview....................................................................................................................1-2 CommScope ONECELL system................................................................................1-2 ONECELL hardware components .............................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller physical ports.....................................................................1-3 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system Overview....................................................................................................................2-2 Before installing the ONECELL components ...........................................................2-2 Commissioning the ONECELL network ...................................................................2-2 PART 2 ONECELL COMPONENT INSTALLATION Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation..........................................................3-2 Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack...........................................................3-2 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview...................................................................................4-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................4-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T iii Contents Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................4-5 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................4-15 Flown mount ............................................................................................................4-22 Flown mount installation...................................................................................4-24 Pole mount ...............................................................................................................4-31 Pole mount installation......................................................................................4-31 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Rugged Radio Point installation overview ................................................................5-2 Antenna port label ...............................................................................................5-4 Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................5-4 Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................5-5 Wall mount installation ............................................................................................5-10 Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview..................................................6-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................6-3 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................6-5 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................6-13 Flown mount ............................................................................................................6-17 Flown mount installation...................................................................................6-18 Pole mount ...............................................................................................................6-23 Pole mount installation......................................................................................6-23 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview................................................7-2 Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................7-4 Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................7-4 Horizontal pole mount.......................................................................................7-10 Wall mount installation ............................................................................................7-17 T F A R D iv PART 3 APPENDICES Appendix A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement.................................................................................. A-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents FCC Part 15 ........................................................................................................ A-2 EN55032............................................................................................................. A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments ............................................... A-2 Reference documents ......................................................................................... A-5 FCC ID...................................................................................................................... A-6 RP5100 series ..................................................................................................... A-6 RP2000 series ..................................................................................................... A-7 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns ........................................................................... B-2 Radio Point LED patterns ......................................................................................... B-4 RP5100i LED patterns........................................................................................ B-4 RP5100r LED patterns ....................................................................................... B-6 RP2000 series LED patterns............................................................................... B-7 Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Environmental and physical specifications............................................................... C-1 SPF/SPF+ specifications........................................................................................... C-3 FRU overview...........................................................................................................D-2 Replacing Baseband Controller modules..................................................................D-2 Prerequisites .......................................................................................................D-2 Off-site activities ................................................................................................ D-3 On-site activities.................................................................................................D-7 Post-Install Verification .................................................................................... D-11 Replacing Radio Points prerequisites and on-site activities ...................................D-13 Prerequisites .....................................................................................................D-13 On-site activities...............................................................................................D-14 Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points................................................................... D-16 Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile).........................................................D-17 Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i...............................................................D-32 Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i .................................................................D-42 Replacing RP5100i RF modules.............................................................................D-47 Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points................................................................... D-52 Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (above tile) ......................................................D-52 Replacing a flown mounted Indoor RP ............................................................ D-62 D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 v Contents Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP...............................................................D-66 Replacing a vertical pole mounted Rugged RP................................................D-69 Replacing a horizontal pole mounted Rugged RP............................................D-76 Replacing a wall mounted Rugged RP.............................................................D-81 RP post-replacement verification............................................................................ D-85 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview................................................................................................................... E-2 Cable handling .......................................................................................................... E-2 Cable termination...................................................................................................... E-3 Cable splicing ..................................................................................................... E-4 Cable termination ............................................................................................... E-5 Cable grounding ............................................................................................... E-10 Lightning protection................................................................................................ E-12 Important guidelines......................................................................................... E-12 Indoor box ........................................................................................................ E-12 Outdoor protection ........................................................................................... E-13 Ceiling connector .................................................................................................... E-15 Patch panel .............................................................................................................. E-17 Power separation guidelines ................................................................................... E-17 T F A R D vi M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Contents D R A F T vii ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of figures Figure 1-1 Figure 1-2 Figure 3-1 Figure 4-1 Figure 4-2 Figure 4-3 Figure 4-4 Figure 5-1 Figure 5-2 Figure 5-3 Figure 5-4 Figure 6-1 Figure 6-2 Figure 6-3 Figure 6-4 Figure E-1 Figure E-2 Figure E-3 Figure E-4 Figure E-5 Figure E-6 Figure E-7 ONECELL solution .........................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller ports ...............................................................1-5 Fan label...........................................................................................3-5 CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................4-3 Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................4-4 CommScope flown mount kit contents..........................................4-23 Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................4-31 Hardware provided by CommScope................................................5-2 Hardware provided by the systems integrator .................................5-3 RJ45, IP67 connector assembly.......................................................5-4 Antenna port label............................................................................5-4 CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................6-3 Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................6-4 CommScope supplied kit contents.................................................6-17 Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................6-23 Unreel cable .................................................................................... E-2 Cable with sock attached using tie wrap......................................... E-3 RJ45, IP67 connector...................................................................... E-3 Assembling the connector on the RP end ....................................... E-4 CAT6-A lightning protector ......................................................... E-13 Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices....................... E-14 Protector box mounted to pole...................................................... E-15 D R A F T viii ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of tables Table 1 Table 2 Table 1-1 Table A-1 Table A-2 Table C-1 Table E-1 Customer documentation ................................................................... xiv Conventions ........................................................................................ xv Baseband Controller physical port assignments.................................1-4 RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5000 series ....................................................................................A-3 RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series ....................................................................................A-4 Environmental and Physical specifications....................................... C-1 CAT-6A protection equipment parts list ......................................... E-13 D R A F T ix ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 List of tables T F A R D x M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Document revision history The following section lists documentation changes in ONECELL Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AC). Revision 5.5.01 (July 8, 2021) Initial document release D R A F T xi ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Document revision history T F A R D xii M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 About this document This document provides the procedures for installing and configuring the Baseband Controller and Radio Points. Audience Purpose This document is written for computer hardware installers and administrators, network architects and business planners who are responsible for the planning and design of the CommScope ONECELL deployment environment. This guide provides the information necessary for installing the ONECELL hardware in the operators network. What you need to know The reader should have a basic understanding of:

Data networks LTE technology General telecommunications practices Customer documentation The following table lists available documents in the ONECELL documentation suite. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T xiii About this document Table 1. Customer documentation Title Contents ONECELL Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AC) Includes detailed installation instructions for Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware. ONECELL Feature Guide, v5.5

(M0304AE) ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF) Contains a description of anchor features for the current and previous releases, and a system overview, including CommScope provided components and required components from other vendors. Describes main components of the ONECELL system, high-level view of hardware components, how do you engineer an in-building system, how do you determine Radio Points locations, and how to design in-building systems. Contains best practices for deployment, including when to use clustering, and how to manage capacity. ONECELL RP5200 Installation Guide, v5.5 (M0304AG) Includes detailed installation instructions for Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware. OM and KPI Reference for ONECELL Devices, v5.5

(M0304AK) Describes the operational measurements and key performance indicators for ONECELL devices. ONECELL Troubleshooting, v5.5

(M0304AJ) Covers common troubleshooting scenarios in deployed devices and troubleshooting methods. ONECELL Administration, v5.5

(M0304AH) Describes how to operate, maintain and manage ONECELL devices using the Baseband Controllers Web UI. ONECELL Device Alarm Reference (M0304AL) Includes ONECELL device alarm information. T F A R D xiv M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 About this document Conventions This guide uses the following text conventions, as applicable. Table 2. Conventions Convention Description Syntax symbols

Font usage Bold input font Italic input font Plain output font Italic output font Enclose a required parameter or set of parameters. For example:

>band-class <class>

<class> is a required parameter. Enclose an optional parameter or set of parameters. For example:

>activate image <version> [reboot]

[reboot] is an optional parameter. Separates items on a list of parameters, only one of which can be used. For example:

>channel-included <yes|no>

A valid command is:

>channel-included yes Indicates text that must be entered exactly as shown. For example:

Enter ping 192.23.10.12. Indicates a variable parameter for which you must provide an actual value. For example:

>authentication key <aukey>

<aukey> is a variable parameter. A valid command is:

>authentication key 9782503000 Indicates system output in a command line or system-

generated file. For example:

IP address 192.23.10.12 is alive. Indicates a variable in system output in a command line or system-generated file. For example:

Installation of release <release> is complete. D R A F T xv ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 About this document Table 2. Conventions Convention Description blue text Indicates a hypertext link. Plain italic font Bold font Other conventions

Indicates file names, directory paths, book titles, chapter titles, and user accounts. Indicates text that appears on screen exactly as shown, for example, names of screens, names of buttons, items on menus, and items on pull down lists. Indicates graphical user interface (GUI) menu path. For example:

Select Edit > Add Network to open the Add Network screen. Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE Notes provide additional information about the subject text. CAUTION Cautions indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can cause equipment damage or data loss. WARNING Warnings indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can harm you. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D xvi Part I: Overview and preparation Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview This chapter contains a high level overview of the ONECELL deployment and the ONECELL components installed in the ONECELL system. Overview CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL hardware components 1-2 1-2 1-3 D R A F T 1-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview ONECELL is a revolutionary wireless system that can deliver the ultimate in wireless performance. It eliminates cell borders and handovers It can cover a large area with consistent user experience without any significant interference It can take advantage of multiple distributed radio points to deliver a stronger signal on both the downlink and the uplink It can deliver greater capacity through distributed (multi-user and single-user) MIMO and Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) It has the flexibility to neutralize macro interference in co-channel small cell deployments It can be used to deliver unprecedented levels of capacity to hot spot areas by deploying radio points with overlapping coverage and enabling multi- user MIMO In addition to these important benefits in user experience and data capacity, ONECELL provides superior economics and investment protection, ease of deployment and support for multi-operator deployments. CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL is an in-building, enterprise solution for LTE that provides an in-building consistent signal. It operates as a wireless network with a single cell, called a Baseband Controller, over distributed Radio Points. Network operators benefit from the ONECELL because they reduce the load on their infrastructure. T F A R D 1-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 1-1. ONECELL solution Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview ONECELL hardware components The ONECELL hardware consists of the following components:

Baseband Controller Baseband Controller Chassis Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) Baseband Controller physical ports The following ports are on the front panel of the Baseband Controller Module. Table 1-1 shows the port assignments. In addition, there is a connector used for the GPS antenna cable. NOTE For more detailed BC port information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 1-3 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Table 1-1. Baseband Controller physical port assignments Port Assignment Network Port Speed Media Type Description MGMT 1 Gbps RJ45 Local Management External Interface to access the WebGUI on the Baseband Controller. Not used 1 Gbps Not used IQ Data 1 Gbps Boundary Clock 1 Gbps IPsec 1 Gbps X2 and Redundancy 1 Gbps 1 Gbps RP Management and Timing RJ45 RJ45 Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP IQ Data 10 Gbps SFP+

Not used 10 Gbps SFP+

Not used Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via an Ethernet switch on copper (RJ45) port. Boundary Clock Input of IEEE 1588 PTP Timing signal via dual media port. Backhaul Traffic (S1 and OAM Interfaces) via dual media port. VLAN tags are configurable in Dual IPsec mode to separate different traffic streams on the same port. Fronthaul Traffic for X2 and Redundancy Cluster data via dual media port. Fronthaul Traffic for IEEE 1588 PTP timing and SOAP/XML control data via dual media port. Timing and OAM data traffic between Baseband Controller and Radio Points through an Ethernet switch(s) Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via Ethernet switch on Fiber (SFP) port. 0 1-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 T F A R D 1-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 1-2. Baseband Controller ports Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Copper wire ports Fiber optic ports ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 1-5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview T F A R D 1-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system This section has the steps to complete before starting the ONECELL installation. Overview Before installing the ONECELL components 2-2 2-2 D R A F T 2-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system Overview This document describes the ONECELL installation and includes:

Chapter 3, Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4, RP5100i installation Chapter 5, RP5100r installation Chapter 6, RP2000 Installation Chapter 7, RP2100 Installation Before installing the ONECELL components Before installing the ONECELL components, the system integrator must plan the network for the topology that will be deployed. See OneCell Network Planning Guide

(913023). CommScope recommends that cables and switches be in place before installing the ONECELL components. See Appendix E, Cable installation and power separation guidelines for more information. Commissioning the ONECELL network To bring your ONECELL system up, youll need to commission the system by configuring it. The commissioning procedures are dependent on the site installation. Contact your CommScope representative for your commissioning procedures. T F A R D 2-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Part II: ONECELL component installation Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation This chapter contains the Baseband Controller installation procedures, including chassis installation into a rack, Baseband Controller Module and Power/Fan Unit installation into the Baseband Controller Chassis and the cables required for a basic installation. Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack 3-2 3-2 D R A F T 3-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Open the shipping box. It should have the components for one complete Baseband Controller Module:

Baseband Controller Chassis including four mounting screws Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) The Baseband Controller is 1U high. Be sure there is enough room for the Baseband Controller in the rack. NOTE If you are installing a ONECELL system with GPS timing, you will need a coaxial cable with an SMA-type male connector to the Baseband Controller. For information on RF gain requirements, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack The Baseband Controller can be installed in a 19-inch or 600mm rack. The Baseband Controller Chassis package contains two kits: one with 19-inch brackets and one with 600mm brackets. CAUTION The Baseband Controller, when mounted, must be in the horizontal position. No other orientations are allowed. NOTE The chassis requires four screws to secure it into the rack. 1 Select the 19-inch or 600mm bracket kit according to the size of the rack. Attach the brackets to the Baseband Controller Chassis M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 3-2 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 2 Slide the chassis into the rack. 3 Line up the holes in the chassis ears to the holes in the rack. 4 Secure the chassis with the screws. D R A F T 3-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 5 Carefully slide the BC into the front of the chassis. 6 Secure the BC by tightening the front panel screws. T F A R D 3-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 7 In the back of the rack, carefully slide the PFU into the back of the chassis. CAUTION The PFU has a fan hazard. A label is affixed to the top of the PFU indicating the hazard. Figure 3-1. Fan label NOTE: The connectors on the PFU should fit easily into the connector on the BC. Do not force the PFU into the chassis. D R A F T 3-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 8 Secure the PFU by tightening the thumb screws. 9 Connect the power cord to the PFU. T F A R D 3-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 10 On the Baseband Controller Modules front panel, connect the GPS antenna cable. 11 Connect the Ethernet or fiber optic cable to the appropriate port. D R A F T 3-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 12 On the back of the Baseband Controller, turn on the power. The LEDs on the front panel will be solid green, when the power is on. If none are on, check your power connection. If the LED pattern is other than all green, see Baseband Controller LED patterns on page B-2. T F A R D 3-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. RP5100i installation overview Ceiling mount Flown mount Pole mount 4-2 4-3 4-22 4-31 D R A F T 4-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview The RP5100i is the Radio Point for indoor solutions. There are four configurations for installing the RP5100i, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount, on tile Ceiling mount, above tile Flown mount Pole mount Once the Radio Point is installed and powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4 PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. For more information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5 (M0304AF). NOTE NOTE T F A R D 4-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Ceiling mount Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:

Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp and screw Figure 4-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit contents Octagon box Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws D R A F T 4-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Drop rail Eaton B-line BA50A or equivalent, with a static load capacity of at least 25 lbs without a drop wire, recommended Figure 4-2. Drop rail, system integrator-provided Drop rail Clamp 2 screws T F A R D 4-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. 2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening. 3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through. NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent. D R A F T 4-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. 70 mm

(2.7) 138 mm

(5.4) Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screws M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 4-6 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 6 Install the drop rail/octagon box assembly over the modified tile. T F A R D 4-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box and feed the Ethernet cable through the small hole in the ceiling tile. Ethernet cable Mounting plate D R A F T 4-9 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. 9 Mount the Radio Point on the octagon box plate. Ethernet cable T F A R D 4-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 10 Secure Radio Point to the octagon plate. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 11 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D 4-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 12 Connect Ethernet cable to the MR port on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 13 Replace plastic cover on the Radio Point. 14 Replace the ceiling tile next to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. D R A F T 4-15 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. NOTE: CommScope recommends an Eaton B-line BA50A adjustable bracket. Clamp Drop rail Octagon box Screw T F A R D 4-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 3 Attach the bracket to the mounting plate to the octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Attach plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. D R A F T 4-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box mounting plate. T F A R D 4-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Install drop rail above the ceiling tile. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. 8 Connect the Ethernet cables to the Radio Point MR port. T F A R D 4-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 9 Replace the cover on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 3 Ceiling tile D R A F T 4-21 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 10 Replace the ceiling tile. Flown mount The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:

Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts NOTE: Remove the top, middle cutout. Clamp and screw this hardware is not required for the flown mount option T F A R D 4-22 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 4-3. CommScope flown mount kit contents Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Octagon box Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Rod, 3/8-inch threaded Nut Lock nut, nylon Flat washers D R A F T 4-23 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Flown mount installation 1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling. 2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod. 3 Slide the octagon box on the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut. NOTE: Be sure the bracket is tight between the nuts and there is enough clearance at the end of the rod to attach the bracket to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-24 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 4 Attach plate to octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-25 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-26 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-27 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D 4-28 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-29 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 9 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. Installation is complete. T F A R D 4-30 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Pole mount Chapter 4 RP5100i installation The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:

Mounting bracket Screws Figure 4-4. Mounting bracket kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole Pole mount installation 1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point. D R A F T 4-31 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket. 3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio Point to the pole. T F A R D 4-32 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T 4-33 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port. T F A R D 4-34 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 6 Replace the plastic cover on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-35 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Installation is complete. T F A R D 4-36 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls. Rugged Radio Point installation overview Pole mount installation Wall mount installation 5-2 5-4 5-10 D R A F T 5-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Rugged Radio Point installation overview The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:

Radio Point Mounting plate Mounting bolts (M8 Hex) RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 6A cables Figure 5-1. Hardware provided by CommScope NOTE An M8 hex wrench is required to install mounting bolts. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Two U bolts Four nuts ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-2 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 5E Ethernet surge protector, as required by local code (for example, DTK-MRJPOEX or DTK-MRJPOES) NOTE If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4 PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. In this case, the installer needs to provide a CAT 5E MPN 17-10044 connector (https://

www.conec.com/catalog/en/rj45-stecker-set.html) to connect the RJ45 to the SR port. For more information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v5.5

(M0304AF). Figure 5-2. Hardware provided by the systems integrator T F A R D 5-3 Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Four molly screws capable 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. Before connecting the Ethernet cables to the RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Figure 5-3. RJ45, IP67 connector assembly Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Antenna port label In a multi operator deployment, each operator can connect their own antenna for the Bands and slots they intend to use. This feature allows an operator to reserve the Band/Radio module slot on an outdoor RP5100r to be used for or by a Baseband Controller when outdoor RP5100s are deployed in an enterprise with multiple Baseband Controllers (up to 4). The antenna port label shows the antenna ports, internal slot number and supported band. These parameters are configured at the factory. Figure 5-4. Antenna port label Pole mount installation There is vertical orientation for pole mount installations NOTE The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-4 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Vertical pole mount 1 Slide the two U bolt clamps onto the pole and secure the RP mounting plate to the clamps with four nuts. T F A R D 5-5 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP. Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP D R A F T 5-6 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 3 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with all connectors at the bottom of the RP. Required orientation with connectors at the bottom of the RP T F A R D 5-7 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 4 Align holes at bottom location of bracket. Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 5-8 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 5 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port. MR port Ethernet T F A R D 5-9 Antenna cables M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Wall mount installation 1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws. T F A R D 5-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 5-11 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP 4 Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. T F A R D 5-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 5 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. D R A F T 5-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 6 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP. 7 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port. NOTE: Insert the Ethernet surge protection as required by local code (for example, DTK-MRJPOEX or DTK-MRJPOES). MR Ethernet port T F A R D Antenna cables 5-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview Ceiling mount Flown mount Pole mount 6-2 6-3 6-17 6-23 D R A F T 6-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview There are four configurations for installing the Radio Point, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount, on tile Ceiling mount, above tile Flown mount Pole mount NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. T F A R D 6-2 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Ceiling mount Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:

Radio Point mounting plate and 4 screws Octagon box mounting plate and 2 screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp with screw - not required for flown mount option Figure 6-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit contents Octagon box Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Clamp with 1 screw Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws D R A F T 6-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by the systems integrator:

Drop rail Eaton B-line BA50 recommended Figure 6-2. Drop rail, system integrator-provided T F A R D 6-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening. D R A F T 6-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through. NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent. 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. NOTE: CommScope recommends the Eaton B-line BA50 bracket. 1/2-inch diameter hole Hole for mounting plate Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screw M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D 6-6 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation D R A F T 6-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Install the drop rail assembly over the ceiling tile with the cutouts. T F A R D 6-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Ethernet cable Mounting plate 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. D R A F T 6-9 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 9 Mount the Radio Point to the octagon box plate. 10 Secure the Radio Point. T F A R D 6-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 11 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 12 Replace the second ceiling tile. D R A F T 6-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Installation is complete. T F A R D 6-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screw D R A F T 6-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 3 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. 4 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. T F A R D 6-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 5 Install the drop rail assembly to the ceiling tile rail. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 3 Ceiling tile ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 6-15 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Connect Ethernet cable to RP. 7 Replace the ceiling tile. T F A R D 6-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Flown mount The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used for buildings where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the hardware listed in Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview on page 6-2 Figure 6-3. CommScope supplied kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Rod, 3/8-inch threaded 2 flat washers Nut Lock nut, nylon D R A F T 6-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Flown mount installation 1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling. 2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod. 3 Slide the octagon box onto the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut. T F A R D 6-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 4 Attach the plate with two screws to the octagon box. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 5 Attach the CommScope supplied mounting plate to the Radio Point with four screws. D R A F T 6-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. T F A R D 6-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 7 Secure the Radio Point to the octagon box plate. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation D R A F T 6-21 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. Installation is complete. T F A R D 6-22 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Pole mount Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:

Mounting bracket 4 screws Figure 6-4. Mounting bracket kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole Pole mount installation 1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point. Mounting bracket D R A F T 6-23 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket. 3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio Point to the pole. 4 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. T F A R D 6-24 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Installation is complete. D R A F T 6-25 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation T F A R D 6-26 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021

 

 

Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls. Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview Pole mount installation Wall mount installation 7-2 7-4 7-17 D R A F T 7-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:

Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Radio Point Mounting plate Mounting brackets Four tamper-resistant mounting screws (M5) RJ45, IP67 connector Two 4.3-10 antenna couplers NOTE A tamper-resistant T25 Torx bit, 1/4" hex shank, attached to a driver handle, is required to secure the tamper-resistant mounting screws. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Two adjustable clamps ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-2 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Four molly screws capable 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating Before installing the RP on the pole, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. T F A R D 7-3 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Pole mount installation There are two orientations for pole mount installations:

Vertical pole mount Horizontal pole mount NOTE The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm). Vertical pole mount 1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate. NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs. 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the RP plate. Slide adjustable clamp end through slots ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-4 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to the pole. T F A R D 7-5 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-6 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket. T F A R D 7-7 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-8 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-9 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Horizontal pole mount 1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate. NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs. T F A R D 7-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the RP plate. Slide adjustable clamp end through slots D R A F T 7-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to the pole. 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. T F A R D 7-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T 7-13 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket and install two additional screws. T F A R D 7-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-15 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Wall mount installation 1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws. D R A F T 7-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. Required orientation T F A R D 7-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 4 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. 5 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Part III: Appendices Appendix A Safety Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines D R A F T T F A R D Appendix A Safety This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Radiation Exposure Statement Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments FCC ID A-2 A-2 A-6 D R A F T A-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement Important: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by CommScope LLC could void your authority to operate the equipment. The Baseband Controller and RP5100 have been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A equipment, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. For more information, see the publication femtocells and Health at http:// www.femtoforum.org or visit the FCC website at www.fcc.gov. FCC Part 15 NOTE EN55032 WARNING This equipment is compliant with Class A of EN55032. In a residential environment, this equipment may cause radio interference. T F A R D A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments The human exposure limits for the ONECELL product is calculated by using the Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) method associated with fixed-type transmitter devices at a minimum exposure distance of 20 cm. WARNING This equipment is not suitable for use in locations where children are likely to be present. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Table A-1 includes values for one Radio Point (RP5000 series) and four Radio Points per chassis. Chapter A Safety Table A-1. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5000 series Parameter RPM-A5A11-

B66 RPM-A5A11-

B02 RPM-I5A11-

B01 RPM-I5A11-

B03 RPM-I5A11-

B07 24.13 24.23 24.25 24.00 24.70 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Number of Antennas

(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Bands Point Source Total EIRP

(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @

20 cm Transmitter Duty Cycle %

100 100 100 100 100 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW) 1.140 1.240 1.260 1.010 1.710 Frequency Range (MHz) 2110-2200 1930-1990 2110-2170 1805-1880 2620-2690 1.300 1.331 1.337 1.262 1.483 2.587 2.647 2.569 2.510 2.950 1. For persons with implants, the maximum calculated distance of 30cm. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. 2. For general public and workers, a measured distance of 5mm was determined. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. For general public and workers, a calculated distance of 20cm was determined. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 2 and 66. Parameter RPM-I5A11-

B17 RPM-A5A11-

B12 RPM-A5A11-

B14 RPM-A5A11-

B05 RPM-A5A11-

B30 21.70 21.88 21.45 21.58 20.99 0 4 2 66 0 4 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 0 4 2 2 0 4 0 4 2 3 0 2 0 4 2 7 0 5 0 4 2 1 0 4 D R A F T A-3 100 2

-1.110 12 0.775 1.541 21 0 5 2 100 Parameter RPM-I5A11-

B17 RPM-A5A11-

B12 RPM-A5A11-

B14 RPM-A5A11-

B05 RPM-A5A11-

B30 100 2 100 2 100 2 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)

-1.290 Bands

-1.540 14

-3.410 5

-1.000 30 Frequency Range (MHz) 734-746 729 - 746 758 - 768 869-894 2350-2360 Chapter A Safety Transmitter Duty Cycle %

Number of Antennas

(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Point Source Total EIRP

(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @

20 cm 100 2 12 0.743 1.478 0.702 0.456 0.794 1.396 0.907 1.58 Table A-2 includes values for one Radio Point (RP2000 and RP2100) and four Radio Points per chassis. Table A-2. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series Parameter Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Rugged RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 21 0 11.8 100 2 21 0 12 100 2 21 0 12.5 100 2 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna 21 Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Transmitter Duty Cycle %

100 Number of Antennas (MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) 0 0 2 T F A R D A-4 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)

-5.990

-0.990 5.810 6.010 6.510 Bands 12,13,17 1,2,3,4,7,10,25 12,13,17 3 1,2,4,10,25 Frequency Range (MHz) 729-756 1805-2690 729-756 1805-1880 1930-2170 Point Source Total EIRP (watts) 0.252 0.796 3.811 3.991 4.477 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 21 0 13.5 100 2 7.510 2620-

2690 2620-

2690 5.637 Chapter A Safety Table A-2. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series (continued) Parameter Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Rugged RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 Power Density (W/m2) @ 20 cm 0.501 1.584 7.582 7.939 8.908 11.214 Reference documents

[1] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C, 2001, Evaluating Compliance with FCC guidelines for Human Exposure to radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields, US Federal Communications Commission, Office of Engineering and Technology June 2001.

[2] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 56, Questions and answers about biological effects and potential hazards of radio frequency electromagnetic fields, Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology, August 1999.

[3] ICNIRP Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields up to 300 GHz. International Commission on Non Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 74 (4): 494-522; 1998

[4] ICNIRP Statement on EMF-Emitting New Technologies, International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 94 (4):376-392, 2008

[5] 3GPP Document 3GPP TS 36.104 version 10.11.0 Release 10, LTE Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception D R A F T A-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety FCC ID The FCC ID is available on the information labels attached to the RPs. RP5100 series For the RP5100i, the FCC ID for each of the installed radio modules is visible when the cover is removed. The drawing below shows the label on the radio module. T F A R D A-6 The RP5100r FCC ID is on the label located on the side of device as shown in the drawing below. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Chapter A Safety FCC ID label RP2000 series The RP2000 FCC ID is on the label located on the back of the device as shown in the drawing below. FCC ID label D R A F T A-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Chapter A Safety The RP2100 FCC ID is on the label located on the side of the device as shown in the drawing below. FCC ID label T F A R D A-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting This section contains information on troubleshooting the ONECELL installation. It includes the LED patterns for the Baseband Controller and Radio points. Baseband Controller LED patterns Radio Point LED patterns B-2 B-4 D R A F T B-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns The Baseband Controller has four LEDs on the front panel. The following table shows Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take STATUS Green, solid None Power On Sectors up RP ERROR Green, solid Power On None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Green, blinking Firmware upgrade from DMS None Sectors not up Amber, blinking No configuration from DMS Check DMS availability Check if the provisioning is correct Escalate to operator OFF BC rebooting after upgrade None Red, solid*

Error in system - software or hardware issues detected Replace Baseband Controller Module Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No Radio Points connected Check RP cable Off Radio Points connected, firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, blinking Check 1588 VLAN configuration Radio Point alarm - PLL state unlock; service impacting alarm from Radio Point (alarm in one or more RP) M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D B-2 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take TIMING LED Green, solid Power On, timing None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No timing Check GPS antenna connection feed Off Firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, solid*

Error in system Replace Baseband Controller Module CORE LED Green, solid Power On None GPS module down Software/Hardware issues Connection to MME Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No connection to MME IPsec is up Check the MME configuration on the BC Check if MME is reachable Off Firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, blinking Internet connection IPsec down Check if Security Gateway is reachable Check security credentials Red, solid*

No Internet Replace Baseband Controller Module Interface hardware issues

* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is a BC hardware failure. D R A F T B-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Radio Point LED patterns This section contains LED patterns for RP5100 series and RP2000 series. RP5100i LED patterns The Radio Point RP5100i supports six LEDs on the front cover. Indicators are for four radios (one for each) ETH 1 MR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link ETH 2 SR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link T F A R D B-4 ETH 1, 2 RADIO 1, 2, 3, 4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting The following table shows:

Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take RADIO 1 Green, solid Power On, transmitting None RADIO 2 RADIO 3 RADIO 4 Amber, solid Red, solid RFTxState OFF No Controller Assigned No Timing No connection to Controller HW error Low Power Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify that the Radio Point is in STANDBY because more than 32 RPs are connected Hardware error replace Radio Point Green, blinking Firmware upgrade None Amber, blinking RF module Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Module Eth 1 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point Eth 2 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point

* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is an RP hardware failure. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T B-5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting RP5100r LED patterns The Radio Point RP5100r has one LED. The following table includes the LED patterns. LED Display Pattern Indicates Green, blinking Not all available radio modules are in use RFTx ON for all radio modules Action to Take No action required All available radio modules are in use RFTx ON for all radio modules No action required Replace Radio Point Error in the system. No module connected to the BC All modules have low power No modules in use Note: The radio modules may be connected to the BC. Check the connection between the RP and BC. Check that the BC admin status is UP. Green, fast blinking Software upgrade No action required Green, solid Red, solid Red, blinking T F A R D B-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting RP2000 series LED patterns The RP2000 and RP2100 Radio Points have one LED. The LED for the RP2000

(Indoor) is on the front cover. The LED for the RP2100 (Rugged) is on the bottom of the Radio Point where the Ethernet cable port is located. The following table shows:

Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take STATUS Green, solid Power On RFTx state is ON Amber, solid Self-test failure None Replace RP None Green, blinking Amber, blinking Firmware upgrade Connected to Baseband Controller PLL state unlock RFTx state OFF or suspended L2 path verification failed Admin state STANDBY Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify RP is in STANDBY because more than 32 Radio Points are connected to the same Baseband Controller Red, blinking No connection to Baseband Controller

(http) Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace RP Red, solid Error in system software or hardware issues Interface issues detected AdminState UNLOCKED Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Upgrade Radio Point Replace Radio Point D R A F T B-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting T F A R D B-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix C Specifications This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Environmental and physical specifications SPF/SPF+ specifications C-1 C-3 Environmental and physical specifications The following table lists the electrical ratings and technical data for the Baseband Controller, RP5100 series and RP2000/RP2100. Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications Baseband Controller Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0C to 40C Operating Humidity 10%-90% Non-Condensing Power Requirements 120/230 VAC,1.7/0.85 A, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption 204W Typical / 216W Maximum Dimensions 1 Rack Unit Chassis hosts 2 Baseband Controller module units 19" W x 1.75" H x 18.8" D (483mm W x 44.4mm H x 477mm D) Weight RP5100i Single BC 13.1 lbs (5.9 kg) Dual BC 19.1 lbs. (8.7 kg) D R A F T C-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix C Specifications Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications (continued) Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing Operating temperatures: 0C to 50C Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C Power Requirements IEEE802.3bt-type 4 PoE++

Power Consumption Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM) 13.54" W x13.54 H x 3.35" D

(344.0 mm W x 344.0 mm H x 85.0 mm D) 8.82 lbs (4 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing Operating temperatures: 0C to 50C Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C Power Requirements IEEE802.3bt-type4 PoE++

Power Consumption Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM) Dimensions 14.9" W x 12.64" H x 4.06" D

(378.7 mm W x 321.1 mm H x 102.5 mm D) 21.7 lbs (9.85 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures:0C to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity: 10%-95% Non-Condensing Power Requirements 802.3at PoE+

Power Consumption 22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum Dimensions 7.4" W x 9.25" H x 1.75" D

(188mm W x 235mm H x 45mm D) 2.6 lbs (1.2 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures: -40C to 60C Power Requirements 802.3at PoE+

Power Consumption 22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum Dimensions Weight RP5100r Weight RP2000 Weight RP2100 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D C-2 Appendix C Specifications Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications (continued) Dimensions 9.3" W x 9.1" H x 3.0" D

(236mm W x 230mm H x 76mm D) Weight 8 lbs (0.6 kg) SPF/SPF+ specifications The following table lists the SPF and SPF+ specifications required for the Baseband Controller. 1G SFP LC SX Transceiver; 220M to 1K M 1G SFP LC LX transceiver, 550M 10K M 10G SFP+ LC SR Transceiver; Multi mode 26M to 300M SFP-10G-LR Transceiver; Single mode 10KM 10G Direct attach SFP+ cable; Twin ax Cable; 7M (must be compatible with HP & Cisco switches D R A F T C-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix C Specifications T F A R D C-4 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units This appendix contains instructions for replacing Baseband Controller modules and Radio Points in the ONECELL system. FRU overview Replacing Baseband Controller modules Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points Replacing RP5100i RF modules Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points RP post-replacement verification D-2 D-2 D-16 D-47 D-52 D-85 D R A F T D-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units FRU overview Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) are modules that can be replaced on-site in case of equipment failure. On-site and off-site activities are required when replacing modules. The off-site activities are achieved by using DMS. This appendix contains details for replacing Baseband Controller (BC) modules and Radio Points (RP). Replacing Baseband Controller modules The following procedure provides instructions for replacing the ONECELL Baseband Controller (BC) module in a live network environment. This procedure is divided into four sections:

Prerequisites Off-site activities On-site activities Post-Install Verification Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing a BC. Step Prerequisite Completed 1 2 3 4 5 6 UDEF file for DMS import SSH password Replacement ONECELL BC module Laptop for Web GUI access Config.tar file containing operator information Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. License file (if applicable) Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D D-2 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Step Prerequisite Completed 7 8 9 Configuration details for WebGUI commissioning Note: These parameters are derived from the failed unit being replaced. Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the ONECELL Baseband Controller Management port DMS FTP IP address Off-site activities Before replacing the BC module, import a new EDF file to the DMS. This file contains the BC MAC address and HeMs password specific to the new BC. 1 Access the FTP location on DMS using ftp protocol, port 2100. 2 Upload the EDF file to /appdata/dms/import/factory. 3 Access the DMS Network console from a supported Web Browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Microsoft Edge 81 and later, Google Chrome 81 and later, and Mozilla Firefox Quantum 68 and later. 4 Enter the IP address for the Network Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/networkconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. D R A F T D-3 5 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Enter the device Mac ID. The Network Management Portal opens. 7 Select Import tab located in the left margin of the Device console. 8 Select File Import. 9 Browse and select the desired import file. The EDF file format is xml. T F A R D D-4 10 Click Import. 11 Click Import Progress. Wait for the import to be completed. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 12 Click the Operational History icon in the upper right corner of the page. The Operational History page displays. Check that the file import was successful. 13 Login to the Device console. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T D-5 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 14 Enter the MAC ID of the replacement Baseband Controller. NOTE: Your CommScope service engineer will provide the new BC MAC ID. 15 Select the Device configuration tab on the left margin. 16 Configure the same parameters from the BC being replaced. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D D-6 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 17 Select the Dashboard menu item. The Controller will display "Out of Service" until the On-site installation is completed. On-site activities After the off-site activities are complete, you are ready to replace the BC module on-

site. 1 Power off the ONECELL Baseband Controller. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T D-7 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Make a note of the existing cables connected to the failed ONECELL BC. 3 Label the cables identifying the port locations on the BC. Disconnect the cables. T F A R D D-8 4 Remove the GPS antenna cable from the BC (if applicable). M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Turn the mounting screws on the BC front panel counterclockwise to loosen them and remove the BC module. 6 Insert the new BC module into the chassis and tighten the mounting screws. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T D-9 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Re-connect the cables as noted in step 3. T F A R D D-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Power on the controller. 9 Configure the BC. Post-Install Verification On-site The operational state of the ONECELL system can be determined by the LED status on the BCs front panel. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. Off-site 1 Open a supported Web browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Microsoft Edge 81 and later, Google Chrome 81 and later, and Mozilla Firefox Quantum 68 and later. 2 Enter the IP address for the Device Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/deviceconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-11 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. T F A R D 4 Enter the MAC ID of the new BC. The BC Dashboard displays. The Summary at the top of the page should show Ready. D-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units NOTE: Provision the remaining Device configurations to align with the failed BC configuration on the DMS Device Configuration page. 5 Scroll to the bottom of the page to view the Device PnP status. If all of the PnP boxes have green checks, the BC replacement is successful. Stop here. If one or more of the PnP boxes are red, those activities failed. Go to the Device PnP page to identify the failed activity. Replacing Radio Points prerequisites and on-site activities Prepare the network for the Radio Point replacement. Prerequisites On-site activities Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing an RP. Prerequisite SSH password Replacement ONECELL RP module D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-13 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Prerequisite Laptop for Web GUI access Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the ONECELL Baseband Controller Management port On-site activities Before replacing the RP, delete the RP from the system using the WebGUI. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:

https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units The Dashboard displays. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-15 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 5 Click the RP Information tab. T F A R D 6 If one of the Radio Points is Down, select that RP by checking the box next to it. 7 Click Delete. 8 Check the Radio Point Information table to ensure the RP is deleted. Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a ONECELL Radio Point

(RP) module in a live network environment. Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i D-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i RP post-replacement verification Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) 1 Remove the ceiling tile next to the mounted RP to allow access to the mounting hardware and Ethernet cable. 2 Remove the RP cover. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-17 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units T F A R D D-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-19 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise to remove it. Set the failed RP aside. T F A R D D-20 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the mounting plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-21 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate and twist to engage. T F A R D D-22 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-23 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the plastic cover to the RP. 9 Replace the ceiling tile. T F A R D D-24 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (on tile) 1 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-25 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the RP. T F A R D D-26 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise and remove the failed RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-27 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Attach the plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. T F A R D D-28 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate. 6 Secure the RP to the plate by twisting the RP counterclockwise. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-29 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-30 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-31 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i 1 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-32 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-33 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise. T F A R D D-34 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the failed RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-35 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the mounting plate to the RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. T F A R D D-36 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagon box. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-37 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Twist the RP counterclockwise. T F A R D D-38 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-39 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port. T F A R D D-40 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 10 Replace the RP cover. 11 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-41 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i 1 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-42 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-43 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Loosen the clamp and remove the RP. 4 Attach the bracket to the replacement RP. T F A R D D-44 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the replacement RP to the pole using the clamp. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-45 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-46 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Replace the cover on the RP. 8 Verify the RP installation. The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing RP5100i RF modules The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a ONECELL Radio Point RF module. WARNING Disconnect the Ethernet cable(s) on the RP to remove the power. Failure to do so will cause damage to the RP. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-47 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 1 Remove the RP cover. 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable on the RP. T F A R D 3 Unscrew the RF module. D-48 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the RF module. D R A F T 5 Install the replacement RF module. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-49 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Secure it in the slot. 7 Connect the Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-50 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-51 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the RP cover. 9 Verify the RF module installation. The operational state of the RF module can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points This procedure provides instructions for replacing a ONECELL RP2000 series Radio Point in a live network environment. Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (above tile) 1 Remove the ceiling tile below the mounted RP to allow access to the mounting hardware and Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-52 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Loosen the locking screw. NOTE: The locking screw is not on newer RP2000s. 3 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-53 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Twist the RP to remove it. T F A R D D-54 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Remove the mounting plate from the failed RP and attach it to the replacement RP. Set the failed RP aside. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate and twist to engage. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-55 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. T F A R D D-56 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Replace the ceiling tile. 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-57 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (on tile) 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the RP. 2 If there is a locking screw, loosen it. 3 Twist the RP. T F A R D D-58 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the RP. Remove the mounting plate from the RP and set the RP aside. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-59 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate. T F A R D D-60 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Secure RP to octagon plate. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-61 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a flown mounted Indoor RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. 2 Remove the RP. T F A R D D-62 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Remove the mounting plate from the RP and set the failed RP aside. 4 Attach the mounting plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-63 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the RP to the octagon plate. T F A R D D-64 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Secure the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-65 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. 8 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-66 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Loosen the clamp, remove the RP and set it aside. 3 Remove the bracket from the failed RP and attach it to the replacement RP. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-67 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Bracket 4 Attach the replacement RP to the pole using the clamp. 5 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. T F A R D D-68 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a vertical pole mounted Rugged RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-69 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP and loosen the top screws. T F A R D D-70 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Lift the RP off of the mounting plate and set it aside. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-71 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on the replacement RP. NOTE: Do not tighten the screws. T F A R D D-72 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket and install two additional screws. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-73 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units T F A R D D-74 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Insert two screws on the bottom of the RP and tighten all four screws. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-75 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a horizontal pole mounted Rugged RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP. T F A R D D-76 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP and loosen the top screws. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-77 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Lift the failed RP off of the mounting plate and set it aside. T F A R D 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on the replacement RP. NOTE: Do not tighten the screws. D-78 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation 5 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-79 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 7 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D D-80 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a wall mounted Rugged RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-81 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP, loosen the top screws and remove the RP from the mounting plate. Set the RP aside. T F A R D D-82 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 On the replacement RP, insert two screws into the upper holes. Required orientation 4 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert the bottom screws on the RP. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-83 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. 5 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D D-84 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. RP post-replacement verification The operational state of the replaced RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-85 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:

https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-86 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Ensure the WebGUI is operating in Management Mode. The Dashboard displays. 5 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 6 Click the RP Information tab. The RP Information page displays. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D-87 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Make sure the replaced RP is UP. T F A R D D-88 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines This section contains best practices for installing Ethernet cables and connecting them to RPs. Overview Cable handling Cable termination Lightning protection Ceiling connector Patch panel Power separation guidelines E-2 E-2 E-3 E-12 E-15 E-17 E-17 D R A F T E-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview When installing Rugged RPs, cables that can withstand temperature extremes and inclement weather should be used. In outside environments, avoid contamination or damage to plugs. Plugs must be protected from sunlight and water in a suitable equipment housing or NEMA 4 rated box. It is also important to avoid exposure to water at cut ends of unfilled cables and cords. The following information is available to help you extend the operation of your RP and switches. Cable handling Indoor/outdoor cords can be routed outdoors above ground and indoors, and can be ordered in lengths long enough for direct (home-run) installations from switch to end equipment. Cords have 20% Insertion Loss De-rating so only 85 meters total can be supported. Extended lengths can be cut in two for terminating the indoor ends at protectors or panels. Terminations are similar to typical 4-pair indoor cables. Unreel long lengths of cable to ensure the cable does not become twisted or caught on objects. Figure E-1. Unreel cable T F A R D E-2 CommScope recommends using a sock fitted and secured over the plug to pull cable through long conduits. Sock information Tie wrap information M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-2. Cable with sock attached using tie wrap Sock Conduit Tie-wrap Feed the sock through the conduit and secure the sock on the terminal end of the cable with the tie-wrap. Once the sock and tie-wrap are in place, pull the cable through the conduit. Cable termination Before installing the Rugged RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. Figure E-3. RJ45, IP67 connector Flip the plug anti-snag to make it easier to push through the cord grips (flip it back before plugging in). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T E-3 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Use the split grommet provided. Once it is in place, coat it with silicone to ensure the connector is sealed. Figure E-4. Assembling the connector on the RP end Cable splicing Some cables are run in one piece from source to destination and have connector terminations. In other cases, two shorter pieces of cable need to be spliced together. When a cable is run to outdoor devices, you should take measures to ensure that cables are properly protected against moisture entering the cable. This is especially important when the jacket is stripped back from the wires. Some cables are gel filled and the termination includes cleaning the excess gel and blocking the end with silicone sealant to prevent future leakage. A typical blocking method uses a 2 cm length of Alpha Wire PVC-105-2 tubing or equivalent. 1 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant. M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D E-4 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. Clean off all excess sealant. NOTE: Tape can be used to stabilize the tube for immediate termination before the sealant sets. Cable termination Shielded cables must be properly terminated, either grounded or isolated. For exposed installations requiring protection, the end of the shield can be bonded in various ways. The following procedure is an example of one method. 1 Make a slit along the length of the jacket. Be careful not to tear the underlying shielding. D R A F T E-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Pull back the jacket along the slit and remove. T F A R D E-6 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 3 Fold back the foil shielding and drain wire to expose the inner jacket. 4 Prepare the inner jacket for blocking the gel and direct burial. a Cut back the inner jacket b Trim the flute c Clean the excess gel NOTE: The flute can be cut longer to match the blocking tube length. D R A F T E-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 5 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant and position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. 6 Fold the drain wire and foil back over the tube and position the foil to be folded back over the tube. T F A R D E-8 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 7 An extra piece of foil can be used to cover the foil seam. 8 For an HGS620 termination, wrap the drain wire at least two times around and position it where the spring clips will capture them. 9 Tape over the foil for stability. 10 Trim the wire ends. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T E-9 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Cable grounding For CAT-6A cables, the shield termination method is to use the ground lug and B-

bond clip that are available in the 12A1 Grounding Kit. 1 Fold the foil back over the jacket end and wrap the drain wire around the end and push the ground lug over the wrap. T F A R D E-10 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Open the B-bonding clip to be placed and closed over the grounding lug. 3 The lug tail can be cut off or used for ground attachment. 4 Treat the inner jacket as described in step 4 on page E-7. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 D R A F T E-11 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines For an isolated shield termination, the 1572A and 1592A outer jacket foil and drain wire are removed a short distance back from the termination and electrical tape is used to isolate the foil end. Lightning protection CommScope recommends including lightning protection in your ONECELL system to isolate equipment from surge damage. Important guidelines Verify hole diameter blocking may need to remain outside the cover Maintain pair twists up to termination points Avoid having pairs crossing over each other Indoor box To protect the cables in an indoor installation from lightning damage, CommScope recommends using the ITW Linx CAT6-A-LAN protector. NOTE The gel filled outdoor cable types will still need blocking. See Cable splicing and Cable termination for instructions on blocking cable. E-12 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 T F A R D Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-5. CAT6-A lightning protector Outdoor protection The following is an example of a pole mounted CAT-6A configuration for protecting remote equipment installed outdoors. Table E-1 lists the recommended parts for installing the protection equipment. Table E-1. CAT-6A protection equipment parts list Part Name Link to Part on Distributors Web site NEMA 4x enclosure Allied Moulded fiberglass enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Heyco pre-assembled cordgrips Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing Heyco liquid tight bushings snap-in Allied Moulded back panel Ditek surge protection buss Ditek 110RJC6APOE Protector Allied Moulded pole mount kit Back panel Ground buss Protector Pole mount kit D R A F T E-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-6. Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices Back panel NEMA 4x enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Ground Buss Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing NOTE Enclosure should be mounted close to the equipment for the best protection. T F A R D E-14 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-7. Protector box mounted to pole Pole Mount kit Ceiling connector If surge protection is not needed, gel flooded cables can be blocked and transitioned to indoor cable using a ceiling connector. The following link is for the recommended CommScope part. Ceiling connector 1 Terminate the indoor cable first then lay down a bed of B sealant. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Minimize excess cord length D R A F T E-15 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Clean all gel from the end of the OSP cable. 3 After the cable and conductors are positioned, fill the area around the cable end with sealant and close the connector housing. T F A R D E-16 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Patch panel CommScope recommends installing a patch panel in the NOC to connect and manage CAT-6A cables. The following is a list of recommended CommScope 24 and 48 port patch panels and high density information outlets. 760163436_HFTP-HD6B-1U-24 760163444_HFTP-HD6B-2U-48 760163451_HFTPA-HD6B-1U-24 760163469_HFTPA-HD6B-2U-48 760163519_HFTP-J6 760163527_HFTP-J10G For more information, go to CommScope.com or contact your CommScope customer representative. Power separation guidelines For power separation best guidelines, refer to the following standards:

Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, TIA-569-C Information technology Implementation and operation of customer premises cabling Part 2: Planning and installation, ISO/IEC 14763-2 Information Technology Cabling Installation Part 2: Installation Planning and practices inside buildings, BS EN 50174-2 D R A F T E-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines T F A R D E-18 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021 B ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 DRAFT ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 5.5 M0304AC 5.5.01 July 2021

 

 

ONECELL Hardware Installation Guide Release 4.5 Document Number: M0303A2 Document Revision: 4.5.03 Date: December 2020 DRAFT Copyright 2020 CommScope, All rights reserved. THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY COMMSCOPE, AND IS INTENDED FOR THE USE OF ITS CUSTOMERS AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT PERSONNEL. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR COMMSCOPE SALES REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. T F A R D ii M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Contents Document revision history About this document Audience ....................................................................................................................xiii Purpose.......................................................................................................................xiii What you need to know .............................................................................................xiii Customer documentation ...........................................................................................xiii Conventions ................................................................................................................ xv Notes, cautions, and warnings ................................................................................... xvi PART 1 OVERVIEW AND PREPARATION Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview....................................................................................................................1-2 CommScope ONECELL system................................................................................1-2 ONECELL hardware components .............................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller physical ports.....................................................................1-3 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system Overview....................................................................................................................2-2 Before installing the ONECELL components ...........................................................2-2 Commissioning the ONECELL network ...................................................................2-2 PART 2 ONECELL COMPONENT INSTALLATION Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation..........................................................3-2 Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack...........................................................3-2 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview...................................................................................4-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................4-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T iii Contents Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................4-5 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................4-15 Flown mount ............................................................................................................4-22 Flown mount installation...................................................................................4-24 Pole mount ...............................................................................................................4-31 Pole mount installation......................................................................................4-31 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Rugged Radio Point installation overview ................................................................5-2 Antenna port label ...............................................................................................5-4 Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................5-4 Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................5-5 Wall mount installation ............................................................................................5-10 Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview..................................................6-2 Ceiling mount.............................................................................................................6-3 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile ......................................................6-5 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile...............................................6-13 Flown mount ............................................................................................................6-17 Flown mount installation...................................................................................6-18 Pole mount ...............................................................................................................6-23 Pole mount installation......................................................................................6-23 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview................................................7-2 Pole mount installation ..............................................................................................7-4 Vertical pole mount .............................................................................................7-4 Horizontal pole mount.......................................................................................7-10 Wall mount installation ............................................................................................7-17 T F A R D iv PART 3 APPENDICES Appendix A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement.................................................................................. A-2 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Contents FCC Part 15 ........................................................................................................ A-2 EN55032............................................................................................................. A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments ............................................... A-2 Reference documents ......................................................................................... A-5 FCC ID...................................................................................................................... A-6 RP5100 series ..................................................................................................... A-6 RP2000 series ..................................................................................................... A-7 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns ........................................................................... B-2 Radio Point LED patterns ......................................................................................... B-4 RP5100i LED patterns........................................................................................ B-4 RP5100r LED patterns ....................................................................................... B-6 RP2000 series LED patterns............................................................................... B-7 Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Environmental and physical specifications............................................................... C-1 SPF/SPF+ specifications........................................................................................... C-3 FRU overview...........................................................................................................D-2 Replacing Baseband Controller modules..................................................................D-2 Prerequisites .......................................................................................................D-2 Off-site activities ................................................................................................ D-3 On-site activities.................................................................................................D-7 Post-Install Verification .................................................................................... D-11 Replacing Radio Points prerequisites and on-site activities ...................................D-13 Prerequisites .....................................................................................................D-13 On-site activities...............................................................................................D-14 Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points................................................................... D-16 Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile).........................................................D-17 Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i...............................................................D-32 Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i .................................................................D-42 Replacing RP5100i RF modules.............................................................................D-47 Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points................................................................... D-52 Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (above tile) ......................................................D-52 Replacing a flown mounted Indoor RP ............................................................ D-62 D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 v Contents Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP...............................................................D-66 Replacing a vertical pole mounted Rugged RP................................................D-69 Replacing a horizontal pole mounted Rugged RP............................................D-76 Replacing a wall mounted Rugged RP.............................................................D-81 RP post-replacement verification............................................................................ D-85 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview................................................................................................................... E-2 Cable handling .......................................................................................................... E-2 Cable termination...................................................................................................... E-3 Cable splicing ..................................................................................................... E-4 Cable termination ............................................................................................... E-5 Cable grounding ............................................................................................... E-10 Lightning protection................................................................................................ E-12 Important guidelines......................................................................................... E-12 Indoor box ........................................................................................................ E-12 Outdoor protection ........................................................................................... E-13 Ceiling connector .................................................................................................... E-15 Patch panel .............................................................................................................. E-17 Power separation guidelines ................................................................................... E-17 T F A R D vi M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Contents D R A F T vii ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 List of figures Figure 1-1 Figure 1-2 Figure 3-1 Figure 4-1 Figure 4-2 Figure 4-3 Figure 4-4 Figure 5-1 Figure 5-2 Figure 5-3 Figure 5-4 Figure 6-1 Figure 6-2 Figure 6-3 Figure 6-4 Figure E-1 Figure E-2 Figure E-3 Figure E-4 Figure E-5 Figure E-6 Figure E-7 ONECELL solution .........................................................................1-3 Baseband Controller ports ...............................................................1-5 Fan label...........................................................................................3-5 CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................4-3 Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................4-4 CommScope flown mount kit contents..........................................4-23 Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................4-31 Hardware provided by CommScope................................................5-2 Hardware provided by the systems integrator .................................5-3 RJ45, IP67 connector assembly.......................................................5-4 Antenna port label............................................................................5-4 CommScope ceiling mount kit contents ..........................................6-3 Drop rail, system integrator-provided..............................................6-4 CommScope supplied kit contents.................................................6-17 Mounting bracket kit contents .......................................................6-23 Unreel cable .................................................................................... E-2 Cable with sock attached using tie wrap......................................... E-3 RJ45, IP67 connector...................................................................... E-3 Assembling the connector on the RP end ....................................... E-4 CAT6-A lightning protector ......................................................... E-13 Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices....................... E-14 Protector box mounted to pole...................................................... E-15 D R A F T viii ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 List of tables Table 1 Table 2 Table 1-1 Table A-1 Table A-2 Table C-1 Table E-1 Customer documentation ................................................................... xiv Conventions ........................................................................................ xv Baseband Controller physical port assignments.................................1-4 RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5000 series ....................................................................................A-3 RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series ....................................................................................A-4 Environmental and Physical specifications....................................... C-1 CAT-6A protection equipment parts list ......................................... E-13 D R A F T ix ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 List of tables T F A R D x M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Document revision history The following section lists documentation changes in ONECELL Installation Guide, v4.5 (M0303A2). Revision 4.5.03 (December 17, 2020) Removed Draft watermark for TD Replaced Figure 3-1 on page 3-5 Added topic, Antenna port label on page 5-4 Revision 4.5.02 (December 14, 2020) Added callouts to drawings under step 5 on page 5-9 and step 6 on page 5-14 Added label image to note under step 7 on page 3-5 Added warning to Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments on page A-2 Revised Band 30 values in Table A-1 on page A-3 Added topic, FCC ID on page A-6 Incorporated copy edits throughout document Revision 4.5.01 (September 14, 2020) Initial document release Added Band 5 (RPM-A5A11-B05) and Band 30 (RPM-A5A11-B30) RF exposure data to Table A-1 on page A-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T xi Document revision history T F A R D xii M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 About this document This document provides the procedures for installing and configuring the Baseband Controller and Radio Points. Audience Purpose This document is written for computer hardware installers and administrators, network architects and business planners who are responsible for the planning and design of the CommScope ONECELL deployment environment. This guide provides the information necessary for installing the ONECELL hardware in the operators network. What you need to know The reader should have a basic understanding of:

Data networks LTE technology General telecommunications practices Customer documentation The following table lists available documents in the ONECELL documentation suite. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T xiii About this document Table 1. Customer documentation Title Contents ONECELL Feature Guide, v4.5

(M0303A0) ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v4.5 (M0303A1) Contains a description of anchor features for the current release, and a system overview, including CommScope provided components and required components from other vendors. Describes main components of the ONECELL system, high-level view of hardware components, how do you engineer an in-building system, how do you determine Radio Points locations, and how to design in-building systems. Contains best practices for deployment, including when to use clustering, and how to manage capacity. ONECELL Installation Guide, v4.5 (M0303A2) Includes detailed installation instructions for Baseband Controller and Radio Points hardware. OM and KPI Reference for ONECELL Devices, v4.5

(M0303A3) Describes the operational measurements and key performance indicators for ONECELL devices. ONECELL Troubleshooting, v4.5

(M0303A4) Covers common troubleshooting scenarios in deployed devices and troubleshooting methods. ONECELL Administration, v4.5

(M0303A5) Describes how to operate, maintain and manage ONECELL devices using the Baseband Controllers Web UI. Describes how to commission a ONECELL system. ONECELL End-to-End Commissioning Guide, v4.5

(M0303A6) ONECELL Device Alarm Reference (M0303A7) Includes ONECELL device alarm information. M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 T F A R D xiv About this document Conventions This guide uses the following text conventions, as applicable. Table 2. Conventions Convention Description Syntax symbols

Font usage Bold input font Italic input font Plain output font Italic output font Enclose a required parameter or set of parameters. For example:

>band-class <class>

<class> is a required parameter. Enclose an optional parameter or set of parameters. For example:

>activate image <version> [reboot]

[reboot] is an optional parameter. Separates items on a list of parameters, only one of which can be used. For example:

>channel-included <yes|no>

A valid command is:

>channel-included yes Indicates text that must be entered exactly as shown. For example:

Enter ping 192.23.10.12. Indicates a variable parameter for which you must provide an actual value. For example:

>authentication key <aukey>

<aukey> is a variable parameter. A valid command is:

>authentication key 9782503000 Indicates system output in a command line or system-

generated file. For example:

IP address 192.23.10.12 is alive. Indicates a variable in system output in a command line or system-generated file. For example:

Installation of release <release> is complete. D R A F T xv ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 About this document Table 2. Conventions Convention Description blue text Indicates a hypertext link. Plain italic font Bold font Other conventions

Indicates file names, directory paths, book titles, chapter titles, and user accounts. Indicates text that appears on screen exactly as shown, for example, names of screens, names of buttons, items on menus, and items on pull down lists. Indicates graphical user interface (GUI) menu path. For example:

Select Edit > Add Network to open the Add Network screen. Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE Notes provide additional information about the subject text. CAUTION Cautions indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can cause equipment damage or data loss. WARNING Warnings indicate that procedures, if performed incorrectly, can harm you. M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 T F A R D xvi Part I: Overview and preparation Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview This chapter contains a high level overview of the ONECELL deployment and the ONECELL components installed in the ONECELL system. Overview CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL hardware components 1-2 1-2 1-3 D R A F T 1-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Overview ONECELL is a revolutionary wireless system that can deliver the ultimate in wireless performance. It eliminates cell borders and handovers It can cover a large area with consistent user experience without any significant interference It can take advantage of multiple distributed radio points to deliver a stronger signal on both the downlink and the uplink It can deliver greater capacity through distributed (multi-user and single-user) MIMO and Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) It has the flexibility to neutralize macro interference in co-channel small cell deployments It can be used to deliver unprecedented levels of capacity to hot spot areas by deploying radio points with overlapping coverage and enabling multi- user MIMO In addition to these important benefits in user experience and data capacity, ONECELL provides superior economics and investment protection, ease of deployment and support for multi-operator deployments. CommScope ONECELL system ONECELL is an in-building, enterprise solution for LTE that provides an in-building consistent signal. It operates as a wireless network with a single cell, called a Baseband Controller, over distributed Radio Points. Network operators benefit from the ONECELL because they reduce the load on their infrastructure. T F A R D 1-2 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Figure 1-1. ONECELL solution Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview ONECELL hardware components The ONECELL hardware consists of the following components:

Baseband Controller Baseband Controller Chassis Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) Baseband Controller physical ports The following ports are on the front panel of the Baseband Controller Module. Table 1-1 shows the port assignments. In addition, there is a connector used for the GPS antenna cable. NOTE For more detailed BC port information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v4.5 (M0303A1). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T 1-3 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Table 1-1. Baseband Controller physical port assignments Port Assignment Network Port Speed Media Type Description MGMT 1 Gbps RJ45 Local Management External Interface to access the WebGUI on the Baseband Controller. Not used 1 Gbps Not used IQ Data 1 Gbps Boundary Clock 1 Gbps IPsec 1 Gbps X2 and Redundancy 1 Gbps 1 Gbps RP Management and Timing RJ45 RJ45 Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP Dual Media RJ45 or SFP IQ Data 10 Gbps SFP+

Not used 10 Gbps SFP+

Not used Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via an Ethernet switch on copper (RJ45) port. Boundary Clock Input of IEEE 1588 PTP Timing signal via dual media port. Backhaul Traffic (S1 and OAM Interfaces) via dual media port. VLAN tags are configurable in Dual IPsec mode to separate different traffic streams on the same port. Fronthaul Traffic for X2 and Redundancy Cluster data via dual media port. Fronthaul Traffic for IEEE 1588 PTP timing and SOAP/XML control data via dual media port. Timing and OAM data traffic between Baseband Controller and Radio Points through an Ethernet switch(s) Fronthaul IQ Data Traffic between the Baseband Controller and Radio Points via Ethernet switch on Fiber (SFP) port. 0 1-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 T F A R D 1-4 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Figure 1-2. Baseband Controller ports Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview Copper wire ports Fiber optic ports ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T 1-5 Chapter 1 CommScope ONECELL overview T F A R D 1-6 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system This section has the steps to complete before starting the ONECELL installation. Overview Before installing the ONECELL components 2-2 2-2 D R A F T 2-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 2 Preparing to install the ONECELL system Overview This document describes the ONECELL installation and includes:

Chapter 3, Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4, RP5100i installation Chapter 5, RP5100r installation Chapter 6, RP2000 Installation Chapter 7, RP2100 Installation Before installing the ONECELL components Before installing the ONECELL components, the system integrator must plan the network for the topology that will be deployed. See OneCell Network Planning Guide

(913023). CommScope recommends that cables and switches be in place before installing the ONECELL components. See Appendix E, Cable installation and power separation guidelines for more information. Commissioning the ONECELL network To bring your ONECELL system up, youll need to commission the system by configuring it. The commissioning procedures are dependent on the site installation. Contact your CommScope representative for your commissioning procedures. T F A R D 2-2 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Part II: ONECELL component installation Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation D R A F T T F A R D Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation This chapter contains the Baseband Controller installation procedures, including chassis installation into a rack, Baseband Controller Module and Power/Fan Unit installation into the Baseband Controller Chassis and the cables required for a basic installation. Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack 3-2 3-2 D R A F T 3-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation Preparing for Baseband Controller installation Open the shipping box. It should have the components for one complete Baseband Controller Module:

Baseband Controller Chassis including four mounting screws Baseband Controller Module Power/Fan Unit (PFU) The Baseband Controller is 1U high. Be sure there is enough room for the Baseband Controller in the rack. NOTE If you are installing a ONECELL system with GPS timing, you will need a coaxial cable with an SMA-type male connector to the Baseband Controller. For information on RF gain requirements, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v4.5 (M0303A1). Installing the Baseband Controller into a rack The Baseband Controller can be installed in a 19-inch or 600mm rack. The Baseband Controller Chassis package contains two kits: one with 19-inch brackets and one with 600mm brackets. CAUTION The Baseband Controller, when mounted, must be in the horizontal position. No other orientations are allowed. NOTE The chassis requires four screws to secure it into the rack. 1 Select the 19-inch or 600mm bracket kit according to the size of the rack. Attach the brackets to the Baseband Controller Chassis M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 T F A R D 3-2 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 2 Slide the chassis into the rack. 3 Line up the holes in the chassis ears to the holes in the rack. 4 Secure the chassis with the screws. D R A F T 3-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 5 Carefully slide the BC into the front of the chassis. 6 Secure the BC by tightening the front panel screws. T F A R D 3-4 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 7 In the back of the rack, carefully slide the PFU into the back of the chassis. CAUTION The PFU has a fan hazard. A label is affixed to the top of the PFU indicating the hazard. Figure 3-1. Fan label NOTE: The connectors on the PFU should fit easily into the connector on the BC. Do not force the PFU into the chassis. D R A F T 3-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 8 Secure the PFU by tightening the thumb screws. 9 Connect the power cord to the PFU. T F A R D 3-6 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 10 On the Baseband Controller Modules front panel, connect the GPS antenna cable. 11 Connect the Ethernet or fiber optic cable to the appropriate port. D R A F T 3-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 3 Baseband Controller installation 12 On the back of the Baseband Controller, turn on the power. The LEDs on the front panel will be solid green, when the power is on. If none are on, check your power connection. If the LED pattern is other than all green, see Baseband Controller LED patterns on page B-2. T F A R D 3-8 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. RP5100i installation overview Ceiling mount Flown mount Pole mount 4-2 4-3 4-22 4-31 D R A F T 4-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation RP5100i installation overview The RP5100i is the Radio Point for indoor solutions. There are four configurations for installing the RP5100i, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount, on tile Ceiling mount, above tile Flown mount Pole mount Once the Radio Point is installed and powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4 PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. For more information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v4.5 (M0303A1). NOTE NOTE T F A R D 4-2 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Ceiling mount Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:

Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp and screw Figure 4-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit contents Octagon box Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws D R A F T 4-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Drop rail Eaton B-line BA50A or equivalent, with a static load capacity of at least 25 lbs without a drop wire, recommended Figure 4-2. Drop rail, system integrator-provided Drop rail Clamp 2 screws T F A R D 4-4 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. 2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening. 3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through. NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent. D R A F T 4-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. 70 mm

(2.7) 138 mm

(5.4) Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screws M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 T F A R D 4-6 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 6 Install the drop rail/octagon box assembly over the modified tile. T F A R D 4-8 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box and feed the Ethernet cable through the small hole in the ceiling tile. Ethernet cable Mounting plate D R A F T 4-9 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. 9 Mount the Radio Point on the octagon box plate. Ethernet cable T F A R D 4-10 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 10 Secure Radio Point to the octagon plate. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 11 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D 4-12 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 12 Connect Ethernet cable to the MR port on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 13 Replace plastic cover on the Radio Point. 14 Replace the ceiling tile next to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-14 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. D R A F T 4-15 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. NOTE: CommScope recommends an Eaton B-line BA50A adjustable bracket. Clamp Drop rail Octagon box Screw T F A R D 4-16 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 3 Attach the bracket to the mounting plate to the octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Attach plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. D R A F T 4-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box mounting plate. T F A R D 4-18 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 6 Install drop rail above the ceiling tile. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. 8 Connect the Ethernet cables to the Radio Point MR port. T F A R D 4-20 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 9 Replace the cover on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 3 Ceiling tile D R A F T 4-21 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 10 Replace the ceiling tile. Flown mount The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:

Radio Point plate and screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts NOTE: Remove the top, middle cutout. Clamp and screw this hardware is not required for the flown mount option T F A R D 4-22 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Figure 4-3. CommScope flown mount kit contents Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Octagon box Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Rod, 3/8-inch threaded Nut Lock nut, nylon Flat washers D R A F T 4-23 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Flown mount installation 1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling. 2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod. 3 Slide the octagon box on the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut. NOTE: Be sure the bracket is tight between the nuts and there is enough clearance at the end of the rod to attach the bracket to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-24 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 4 Attach plate to octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-25 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point. T F A R D 4-26 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-27 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 7 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D 4-28 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-29 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 9 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. Installation is complete. T F A R D 4-30 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Pole mount Chapter 4 RP5100i installation The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:

Mounting bracket Screws Figure 4-4. Mounting bracket kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole Pole mount installation 1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point. D R A F T 4-31 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket. 3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio Point to the pole. T F A R D 4-32 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 4 Remove the cover from the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T 4-33 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation 5 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point MR port. T F A R D 4-34 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 6 Replace the plastic cover on the Radio Point. Chapter 4 RP5100i installation D R A F T 4-35 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 4 RP5100i installation Installation is complete. T F A R D 4-36 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls. Rugged Radio Point installation overview Pole mount installation Wall mount installation 5-2 5-4 5-10 D R A F T 5-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Rugged Radio Point installation overview The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:

Radio Point Mounting plate Mounting bolts (M8 Hex) RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 6A cables Figure 5-1. Hardware provided by CommScope NOTE An M8 hex wrench is required to install mounting bolts. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Two U bolts Four nuts ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T 5-2 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation RJ45, IP67 connector for CAT 5E Ethernet surge protector, as required by local code (for example, DTK-MRJPOEX or DTK-MRJPOES) NOTE If the MR port is connected to a switch that does not provide IEEE802.3bt, type-4 PoE power, the SR port can be used to provide power with a PoE++ injector. In this case, the installer needs to provide a CAT 5E MPN 17-10044 connector (https://

www.conec.com/catalog/en/rj45-stecker-set.html) to connect the RJ45 to the SR port. For more information, see ONECELL Network Planning Guide, v4.5

(M0303A1). Figure 5-2. Hardware provided by the systems integrator T F A R D 5-3 Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Four molly screws capable 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. Before connecting the Ethernet cables to the RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector. M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Figure 5-3. RJ45, IP67 connector assembly Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Antenna port label In a multi operator deployment, each operator can connect their own antenna for the Bands and slots they intend to use. This feature allows an operator to reserve the Band/Radio module slot on an outdoor RP5100r to be used for or by a Baseband Controller when outdoor RP5100s are deployed in an enterprise with multiple Baseband Controllers (up to 4). The antenna port label shows the antenna ports, internal slot number and supported band. These parameters are configured at the factory. Figure 5-4. Antenna port label Pole mount installation There is vertical orientation for pole mount installations NOTE The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T 5-4 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Vertical pole mount 1 Slide the two U bolt clamps onto the pole and secure the RP mounting plate to the clamps with four nuts. T F A R D 5-5 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP. Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP D R A F T 5-6 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 3 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with all connectors at the bottom of the RP. Required orientation with connectors at the bottom of the RP T F A R D 5-7 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 4 Align holes at bottom location of bracket. Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 5-8 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 5 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port. MR port Ethernet T F A R D 5-9 Antenna cables M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation Wall mount installation 1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws. T F A R D 5-10 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T 5-11 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Required orientation is with connectors at the bottom of the RP 4 Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. T F A R D 5-12 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 5 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. D R A F T 5-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 5 RP5100r installation 6 Connect the antenna cables on the bottom of the RP. 7 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP to the MR port. NOTE: Insert the Ethernet surge protection as required by local code (for example, DTK-MRJPOEX or DTK-MRJPOES). MR Ethernet port T F A R D Antenna cables 5-14 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation This chapter describes installing indoor Radio Points on ceiling tiles, above ceiling tiles, on poles and in a flown configuration. Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview Ceiling mount Flown mount Pole mount 6-2 6-3 6-17 6-23 D R A F T 6-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview There are four configurations for installing the Radio Point, which are dependent on the ceiling type. Ceiling mount, on tile Ceiling mount, above tile Flown mount Pole mount NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. T F A R D 6-2 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Ceiling mount Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by CommScope:

Radio Point mounting plate and 4 screws Octagon box mounting plate and 2 screws 4" octagon box, 1-1/2" deep with 1/2" side cutouts Clamp with screw - not required for flown mount option Figure 6-1. CommScope ceiling mount kit contents Octagon box Mounting plate for octagon box with 2 screws Clamp with 1 screw Mounting plate for RP with 4 screws D R A F T 6-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) above or on the ceiling tile requires the following hardware provided by the systems integrator:

Drop rail Eaton B-line BA50 recommended Figure 6-2. Drop rail, system integrator-provided T F A R D 6-4 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Mounting the Radio Point on the ceiling tile 1 Remove two ceiling tiles from the overhead. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Place the octagon box on the tile and trace the outline. Cut the opening. D R A F T 6-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 3 Drill a 1/2-inch diameter hole for the Ethernet cable pass-through. NOTE: Use a 1-1/2 deep RACO 8125 or equivalent. 4 Attach the octagon box to the ceiling bracket using a clamp and screw. NOTE: CommScope recommends the Eaton B-line BA50 bracket. 1/2-inch diameter hole Hole for mounting plate Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screw M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 T F A R D 6-6 5 Replace the ceiling tile with the cutouts. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation D R A F T 6-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Install the drop rail assembly over the ceiling tile with the cutouts. T F A R D 6-8 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 7 Attach the mounting plate onto the octagon box. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Ethernet cable Mounting plate 8 Attach base plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. D R A F T 6-9 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 9 Mount the Radio Point to the octagon box plate. 10 Secure the Radio Point. T F A R D 6-10 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 11 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 12 Replace the second ceiling tile. D R A F T 6-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Installation is complete. T F A R D 6-12 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Mounting the Radio Point above the ceiling tile 1 Remove ceiling tile from the overhead. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Attach the octagon box to the bracket. Clamp Drop ceiling rail Octagon box Screw D R A F T 6-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 3 Attach the mounting plate to the Radio Point. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to screws prior to installation. 4 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. T F A R D 6-14 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 5 Install the drop rail assembly to the ceiling tile rail. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation NOTE: The minimum clearance for cooling is 3 inches. 3 Ceiling tile ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T 6-15 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Connect Ethernet cable to RP. 7 Replace the ceiling tile. T F A R D 6-16 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Flown mount The Radio Point can be flown mounted on the end of a rod. This configuration is used for buildings where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the hardware listed in Indoor Radio Point (RP2000) installation overview on page 6-2 Figure 6-3. CommScope supplied kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) in the flown configuration requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Rod, 3/8-inch threaded 2 flat washers Nut Lock nut, nylon D R A F T 6-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Flown mount installation 1 Attach the threaded, 3/8-inch rod, cut to the required length, to the ceiling. 2 Install the nut and a flat washer on the rod. 3 Slide the octagon box onto the rod and install a flat washer and the nylon lock nut. T F A R D 6-18 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 4 Attach the plate with two screws to the octagon box. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 5 Attach the CommScope supplied mounting plate to the Radio Point with four screws. D R A F T 6-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 6 Attach the Radio Point to the octagon box. T F A R D 6-20 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 7 Secure the Radio Point to the octagon box plate. Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation D R A F T 6-21 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. Installation is complete. T F A R D 6-22 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Pole mount Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation The Radio Point can be pole mounted. This configuration is used for building where there are no drop ceilings. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by CommScope in the mounting kit:

Mounting bracket 4 screws Figure 6-4. Mounting bracket kit contents Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Adjustable clamp at least 2 inches larger than the circumference of the pole Pole mount installation 1 Attach the bracket to the Radio point. Mounting bracket D R A F T 6-23 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on the Radio Point bracket. 3 Wrap the clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the Radio Point to the pole. 4 Connect the Ethernet cable to the Radio Point. T F A R D 6-24 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation Installation is complete. D R A F T 6-25 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 6 RP2000 Installation T F A R D 6-26 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation This chapter describes installing Rugged Radio Points on poles and walls. Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview Pole mount installation Wall mount installation 7-2 7-4 7-17 D R A F T 7-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Rugged Radio Point (RP2100) installation overview The Rugged Radio Point (RP) ships with the following hardware:

Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Radio Point Mounting plate Mounting brackets Four tamper-resistant mounting screws (M5) RJ45, IP67 connector Two 4.3-10 antenna couplers NOTE A tamper-resistant T25 Torx bit, 1/4" hex shank, attached to a driver handle, is required to secure the tamper-resistant mounting screws. Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a pole requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Two adjustable clamps ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T 7-2 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Mounting the Radio Point (RP) on a wall requires the following hardware provided by the system integrator:

Four molly screws capable 50 lb (23 kg) minimum rating Before installing the RP on the pole, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. NOTE Once the Radio Point is installed and the powered on, it may take up to 20 minutes for the frequency to stabilize and lock. T F A R D 7-3 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Pole mount installation There are two orientations for pole mount installations:

Vertical pole mount Horizontal pole mount NOTE The minimum pole diameter requirement is 4'' (102mm). Vertical pole mount 1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate. NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs. 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the RP plate. Slide adjustable clamp end through slots ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T 7-4 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to the pole. T F A R D 7-5 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T 7-6 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket. T F A R D 7-7 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-8 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-9 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Horizontal pole mount 1 Attach mounting brackets to mounting plate. NOTE: The torque requirement for the bracket mounting screws is 5-6 in-lbs. T F A R D 7-10 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 2 Slide the adjustable clamp through the slots on each RP mounting bracket on the RP plate. Slide adjustable clamp end through slots D R A F T 7-11 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Wrap each clamp around the pole and tighten the clamp screw to secure the RP to the pole. 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. T F A R D 7-12 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T 7-13 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket and install two additional screws. T F A R D 7-14 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 6 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. Be sure that all four screws are tightened. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-15 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-16 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation Wall mount installation 1 Drill four holes in the wall using the mounting plate to determine the hole locations. Mount the backplate on the wall with four molly screws. D R A F T 7-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 2 Insert two screws into the upper holes on opposite sides of the RP as shown in the drawing below. Required orientation T F A R D 7-18 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 3 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T 7-19 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter 7 RP2100 Installation 4 Insert and tighten the bottom screws through the plate hole into both sides of the RP. 5 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D 7-20 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020

 

 

Part III: Appendices Appendix A Safety Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines D R A F T T F A R D Appendix A Safety This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Radiation Exposure Statement Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments FCC ID A-2 A-2 A-6 D R A F T A-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement Important: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by CommScope LLC could void your authority to operate the equipment. The Baseband Controller and RP5100 have been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A equipment, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. For more information, see the publication femtocells and Health at http:// www.femtoforum.org or visit the FCC website at www.fcc.gov. FCC Part 15 NOTE EN55032 WARNING This equipment is compliant with Class A of EN55032. In a residential environment, this equipment may cause radio interference. T F A R D A-2 Human exposure limits for ONECELL deployments The human exposure limits for the ONECELL product is calculated by using the Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) method associated with fixed-type transmitter devices at a minimum exposure distance of 20 cm. WARNING This equipment is not suitable for use in locations where children are likely to be present. M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Table A-1 includes values for one Radio Point (RP5000 series) and four Radio Points per chassis. Chapter A Safety Table A-1. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP5000 series Parameter RPM-A5A11-

B66 RPM-A5A11-

B02 RPM-I5A11-

B01 RPM-I5A11-

B03 RPM-I5A11-

B07 24.13 24.23 24.25 24.00 24.70 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Number of Antennas

(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Bands Point Source Total EIRP

(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @

20 cm Transmitter Duty Cycle %

100 100 100 100 100 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW) 1.140 1.240 1.260 1.010 1.710 Frequency Range (MHz) 2110-2200 1930-1990 2110-2170 1805-1880 2620-2690 1.300 1.331 1.337 1.262 1.483 2.587 2.647 2.569 2.510 2.950 1. For persons with implants, the maximum calculated distance of 30cm. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. 2. For general public and workers, a measured distance of 5mm was determined. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 1,3 and 7. For general public and workers, a calculated distance of 20cm was determined. This applies to any combination of up to four radio modules in Bands 2 and 66. Parameter RPM-I5A11-

B17 RPM-A5A11-

B12 RPM-A5A11-

B14 RPM-A5A11-

B05 RPM-A5A11-

B30 21.70 21.88 21.45 21.58 20.99 0 4 2 66 0 4 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 0 4 2 2 0 4 0 4 2 3 0 2 0 4 2 7 0 5 0 4 2 1 0 4 D R A F T A-3 100 2

-1.110 12 0.775 1.541 21 0 5 2 100 Parameter RPM-I5A11-

B17 RPM-A5A11-

B12 RPM-A5A11-

B14 RPM-A5A11-

B05 RPM-A5A11-

B30 100 2 100 2 100 2 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)

-1.290 Bands

-1.540 14

-3.410 5

-1.000 30 Frequency Range (MHz) 734-746 729 - 746 758 - 768 869-894 2350-2360 Chapter A Safety Transmitter Duty Cycle %

Number of Antennas

(MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Point Source Total EIRP

(watts) Power Density (W/m2) @

20 cm 100 2 12 0.743 1.478 0.702 0.456 0.794 1.396 0.907 1.58 Table A-2 includes values for one Radio Point (RP2000 and RP2100) and four Radio Points per chassis. Table A-2. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series Parameter Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Rugged RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 21 0 11.8 100 2 21 0 12 100 2 21 0 12.5 100 2 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna 21 Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Transmitter Duty Cycle %

100 Number of Antennas (MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) 0 0 2 T F A R D A-4 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW)

-5.990

-0.990 5.810 6.010 6.510 Bands 12,13,17 1,2,3,4,7,10,25 12,13,17 3 1,2,4,10,25 Frequency Range (MHz) 729-756 1805-2690 729-756 1805-1880 1930-2170 Point Source Total EIRP (watts) 0.252 0.796 3.811 3.991 4.477 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 21 0 13.5 100 2 7.510 2620-

2690 2620-

2690 5.637 Chapter A Safety Table A-2. RF exposure for ONECELL at maximum power internal antennas for RP2000 series (continued) Parameter Indoor RP-A2014 & RP-I2014 Rugged RP-A2114 & RP-I2114 Power Density (W/m2) @ 20 cm 0.501 1.584 7.582 7.939 8.908 11.214 Reference documents

[1] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C, 2001, Evaluating Compliance with FCC guidelines for Human Exposure to radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields, US Federal Communications Commission, Office of Engineering and Technology June 2001.

[2] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 56, Questions and answers about biological effects and potential hazards of radio frequency electromagnetic fields, Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology, August 1999.

[3] ICNIRP Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields up to 300 GHz. International Commission on Non Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 74 (4): 494-522; 1998

[4] ICNIRP Statement on EMF-Emitting New Technologies, International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 94 (4):376-392, 2008

[5] 3GPP Document 3GPP TS 36.104 version 10.11.0 Release 10, LTE Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception D R A F T A-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter A Safety FCC ID The FCC ID is available on the information labels attached to the RPs. RP5100 series For the RP5100i, the FCC ID for each of the installed radio modules is visible when the cover is removed. The drawing below shows the label on the radio module. T F A R D A-6 The RP5100r FCC ID is on the label located on the side of device as shown in the drawing below. M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Chapter A Safety FCC ID label RP2000 series The RP2000 FCC ID is on the label located on the back of the device as shown in the drawing below. FCC ID label D R A F T A-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Chapter A Safety The RP2100 FCC ID is on the label located on the side of the device as shown in the drawing below. FCC ID label T F A R D A-8 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting This section contains information on troubleshooting the ONECELL installation. It includes the LED patterns for the Baseband Controller and Radio points. Baseband Controller LED patterns Radio Point LED patterns B-2 B-4 D R A F T B-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns The Baseband Controller has four LEDs on the front panel. The following table shows Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take STATUS Green, solid None Power On Sectors up RP ERROR Green, solid Power On None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Green, blinking Firmware upgrade from DMS None Sectors not up Amber, blinking No configuration from DMS Check DMS availability Check if the provisioning is correct Escalate to operator OFF BC rebooting after upgrade None Red, solid*

Error in system - software or hardware issues detected Replace Baseband Controller Module Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No Radio Points connected Check RP cable Off Radio Points connected, firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, blinking Check 1588 VLAN configuration Radio Point alarm - PLL state unlock; service impacting alarm from Radio Point (alarm in one or more RP) M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 T F A R D B-2 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take TIMING LED Green, solid Power On, timing None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No timing Check GPS antenna connection feed Off Firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, solid*

Error in system Replace Baseband Controller Module CORE LED Green, solid Power On None GPS module down Software/Hardware issues Connection to MME Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No connection to MME IPsec is up Check the MME configuration on the BC Check if MME is reachable Off Firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, blinking Internet connection IPsec down Check if Security Gateway is reachable Check security credentials Red, solid*

No Internet Replace Baseband Controller Module Interface hardware issues

* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is a BC hardware failure. D R A F T B-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Radio Point LED patterns This section contains LED patterns for RP5100 series and RP2000 series. RP5100i LED patterns The Radio Point RP5100i supports six LEDs on the front cover. Indicators are for four radios (one for each) ETH 1 MR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link ETH 2 SR PORT:POE++, POE+, Ethernet link T F A R D B-4 ETH 1, 2 RADIO 1, 2, 3, 4 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting The following table shows:

Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take RADIO 1 Green, solid Power On, transmitting None RADIO 2 RADIO 3 RADIO 4 Amber, solid Red, solid RFTxState OFF No Controller Assigned No Timing No connection to Controller HW error Low Power Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify that the Radio Point is in STANDBY because more than 32 RPs are connected Hardware error replace Radio Point Green, blinking Firmware upgrade None Amber, blinking RF module Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Module Eth 1 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point Eth 2 Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the Radio Point Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace Radio Point Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace Radio Point

* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is an RP hardware failure. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T B-5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting RP5100r LED patterns The Radio Point RP5100r has one LED. The following table includes the LED patterns. LED Display Pattern Indicates Green, blinking Not all available radio modules are in use RFTx ON for all radio modules Action to Take No action required All available radio modules are in use RFTx ON for all radio modules No action required Replace Radio Point Error in the system. No module connected to the BC All modules have low power No modules in use Note: The radio modules may be connected to the BC. Check the connection between the RP and BC. Check that the BC admin status is UP. Green, fast blinking Software upgrade No action required Green, solid Red, solid Red, blinking T F A R D B-6 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting RP2000 series LED patterns The RP2000 and RP2100 Radio Points have one LED. The LED for the RP2000

(Indoor) is on the front cover. The LED for the RP2100 (Rugged) is on the bottom of the Radio Point where the Ethernet cable port is located. The following table shows:

Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take STATUS Green, solid Power On RFTx state is ON Amber, solid Self-test failure None Replace RP None Green, blinking Amber, blinking Firmware upgrade Connected to Baseband Controller PLL state unlock RFTx state OFF or suspended L2 path verification failed Admin state STANDBY Check 1588 VLAN configuration Verify RP is in STANDBY because more than 32 Radio Points are connected to the same Baseband Controller Red, blinking No connection to Baseband Controller

(http) Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Replace RP Red, solid Error in system software or hardware issues Interface issues detected AdminState UNLOCKED Connect the Ethernet cable between the Baseband Controller and Radio Point Upgrade Radio Point Replace Radio Point D R A F T B-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting T F A R D B-8 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix C Specifications This appendix contains specifications for CommScope ONECELL, including FCC information and technical data. Environmental and physical specifications SPF/SPF+ specifications C-1 C-3 Environmental and physical specifications The following table lists the electrical ratings and technical data for the Baseband Controller, RP5100 series and RP2000/RP2100. Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications Baseband Controller Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0C to 40C Operating Humidity 10%-90% Non-Condensing Power Requirements 120/230 VAC,1.7/0.85 A, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption 204W Typical / 216W Maximum Dimensions 1 Rack Unit Chassis hosts 2 Baseband Controller module units 19" W x 1.75" H x 18.8" D (483mm W x 44.4mm H x 477mm D) Weight RP5100i Single BC 13.1 lbs (5.9 kg) Dual BC 19.1 lbs. (8.7 kg) D R A F T C-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix C Specifications Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications (continued) Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing Operating temperatures: 0C to 50C Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C Power Requirements IEEE802.3bt-type 4 PoE++

Power Consumption Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM) 13.54" W x13.54 H x 3.35" D

(344.0 mm W x 344.0 mm H x 85.0 mm D) 8.82 lbs (4 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures: 0 to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity 10%-95% Non-Condensing Operating temperatures: 0C to 50C Active Cooling/Fans, acoustic noise: 39.5 dBA at 25C Power Requirements IEEE802.3bt-type4 PoE++

Power Consumption Up to: 72W (26W + 11.5W per RM) Dimensions 14.9" W x 12.64" H x 4.06" D

(378.7 mm W x 321.1 mm H x 102.5 mm D) 21.7 lbs (9.85 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures:0C to 50C (Plenum rated: UL-2043) Operating Humidity: 10%-95% Non-Condensing Power Requirements 802.3at PoE+

Power Consumption 22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum Dimensions 7.4" W x 9.25" H x 1.75" D

(188mm W x 235mm H x 45mm D) 2.6 lbs (1.2 kg) Environmental Operating Temperatures: -40C to 60C Power Requirements 802.3at PoE+

Power Consumption 22W Typical / 25.5W Maximum Dimensions Weight RP5100r Weight RP2000 Weight RP2100 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 T F A R D C-2 Appendix C Specifications Table C-1. Environmental and Physical specifications (continued) Dimensions 9.3" W x 9.1" H x 3.0" D

(236mm W x 230mm H x 76mm D) Weight 8 lbs (0.6 kg) SPF/SPF+ specifications The following table lists the SPF and SPF+ specifications required for the Baseband Controller. 1G SFP LC SX Transceiver; 220M to 1K M 1G SFP LC LX transceiver, 550M 10K M 10G SFP+ LC SR Transceiver; Multi mode 26M to 300M SFP-10G-LR Transceiver; Single mode 10KM 10G Direct attach SFP+ cable; Twin ax Cable; 7M (must be compatible with HP & Cisco switches D R A F T C-3 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix C Specifications T F A R D C-4 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units This appendix contains instructions for replacing Baseband Controller modules and Radio Points in the ONECELL system. FRU overview Replacing Baseband Controller modules Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points Replacing RP5100i RF modules Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points RP post-replacement verification D-2 D-2 D-16 D-47 D-52 D-85 D R A F T D-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units FRU overview Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) are modules that can be replaced on-site in case of equipment failure. On-site and off-site activities are required when replacing modules. The off-site activities are achieved by using DMS. This appendix contains details for replacing Baseband Controller (BC) modules and Radio Points (RP). Replacing Baseband Controller modules The following procedure provides instructions for replacing the ONECELL Baseband Controller (BC) module in a live network environment. This procedure is divided into four sections:

Prerequisites Off-site activities On-site activities Post-Install Verification Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing a BC. Step Prerequisite Completed 1 2 3 4 5 6 UDEF file for DMS import SSH password Replacement ONECELL BC module Laptop for Web GUI access Config.tar file containing operator information Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. License file (if applicable) Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 T F A R D D-2 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Step Prerequisite Completed 7 8 9 Configuration details for WebGUI commissioning Note: These parameters are derived from the failed unit being replaced. Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the ONECELL Baseband Controller Management port DMS FTP IP address Off-site activities Before replacing the BC module, import a new EDF file to the DMS. This file contains the BC MAC address and HeMs password specific to the new BC. 1 Access the FTP location on DMS using ftp protocol, port 2100. 2 Upload the EDF file to /appdata/dms/import/factory. 3 Access the DMS Network console from a supported Web Browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Microsoft Edge 81 and later, Google Chrome 81 and later, and Mozilla Firefox Quantum 68 and later. 4 Enter the IP address for the Network Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/networkconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. D R A F T D-3 5 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Enter the device Mac ID. The Network Management Portal opens. 7 Select Import tab located in the left margin of the Device console. 8 Select File Import. 9 Browse and select the desired import file. The EDF file format is xml. T F A R D D-4 10 Click Import. 11 Click Import Progress. Wait for the import to be completed. M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 12 Click the Operational History icon in the upper right corner of the page. The Operational History page displays. Check that the file import was successful. 13 Login to the Device console. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T D-5 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 14 Enter the MAC ID of the replacement Baseband Controller. NOTE: Your CommScope service engineer will provide the new BC MAC ID. 15 Select the Device configuration tab on the left margin. 16 Configure the same parameters from the BC being replaced. M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 T F A R D D-6 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 17 Select the Dashboard menu item. The Controller will display "Out of Service" until the On-site installation is completed. On-site activities After the off-site activities are complete, you are ready to replace the BC module on-

site. 1 Power off the ONECELL Baseband Controller. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T D-7 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Make a note of the existing cables connected to the failed ONECELL BC. 3 Label the cables identifying the port locations on the BC. Disconnect the cables. T F A R D D-8 4 Remove the GPS antenna cable from the BC (if applicable). M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Turn the mounting screws on the BC front panel counterclockwise to loosen them and remove the BC module. 6 Insert the new BC module into the chassis and tighten the mounting screws. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T D-9 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Re-connect the cables as noted in step 3. T F A R D D-10 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Power on the controller. 9 Configure the BC. Post-Install Verification On-site The operational state of the ONECELL system can be determined by the LED status on the BCs front panel. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. Off-site 1 Open a supported Web browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Microsoft Edge 81 and later, Google Chrome 81 and later, and Mozilla Firefox Quantum 68 and later. 2 Enter the IP address for the Device Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/deviceconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-11 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. T F A R D 4 Enter the MAC ID of the new BC. The BC Dashboard displays. The Summary at the top of the page should show Ready. D-12 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units NOTE: Provision the remaining Device configurations to align with the failed BC configuration on the DMS Device Configuration page. 5 Scroll to the bottom of the page to view the Device PnP status. If all of the PnP boxes have green checks, the BC replacement is successful. Stop here. If one or more of the PnP boxes are red, those activities failed. Go to the Device PnP page to identify the failed activity. Replacing Radio Points prerequisites and on-site activities Prepare the network for the Radio Point replacement. Prerequisites On-site activities Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing an RP. Prerequisite SSH password Replacement ONECELL RP module D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-13 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Prerequisite Laptop for Web GUI access Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the ONECELL Baseband Controller Management port On-site activities Before replacing the RP, delete the RP from the system using the WebGUI. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:

https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-14 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units The Dashboard displays. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-15 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 5 Click the RP Information tab. T F A R D 6 If one of the Radio Points is Down, select that RP by checking the box next to it. 7 Click Delete. 8 Check the Radio Point Information table to ensure the RP is deleted. Replacing RP5100 series Radio Points The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a ONECELL Radio Point

(RP) module in a live network environment. Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i D-16 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i RP post-replacement verification Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) 1 Remove the ceiling tile next to the mounted RP to allow access to the mounting hardware and Ethernet cable. 2 Remove the RP cover. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-17 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units T F A R D D-18 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-19 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise to remove it. Set the failed RP aside. T F A R D D-20 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the mounting plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-21 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate and twist to engage. T F A R D D-22 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-23 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the plastic cover to the RP. 9 Replace the ceiling tile. T F A R D D-24 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (on tile) 1 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-25 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the RP. T F A R D D-26 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise and remove the failed RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-27 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Attach the plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. T F A R D D-28 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate. 6 Secure the RP to the plate by twisting the RP counterclockwise. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-29 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-30 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-31 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i 1 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-32 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-33 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Replace the cover and twist the RP clockwise. T F A R D D-34 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the failed RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-35 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the mounting plate to the RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. T F A R D D-36 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagon box. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-37 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Twist the RP counterclockwise. T F A R D D-38 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-39 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MR port. T F A R D D-40 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 10 Replace the RP cover. 11 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-41 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a pole mounted RP5100i 1 Remove the RP cover. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-42 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-43 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Loosen the clamp and remove the RP. 4 Attach the bracket to the replacement RP. T F A R D D-44 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the replacement RP to the pole using the clamp. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-45 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Remove the cover and connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. NOTE: The cover is attached to the RP with two lanyards. T F A R D D-46 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Replace the cover on the RP. 8 Verify the RP installation. The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing RP5100i RF modules The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a ONECELL Radio Point RF module. WARNING Disconnect the Ethernet cable(s) on the RP to remove the power. Failure to do so will cause damage to the RP. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-47 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 1 Remove the RP cover. 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable on the RP. T F A R D 3 Unscrew the RF module. D-48 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the RF module. D R A F T 5 Install the replacement RF module. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-49 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Secure it in the slot. 7 Connect the Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-50 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-51 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the RP cover. 9 Verify the RF module installation. The operational state of the RF module can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing RP2000 series Radio Points This procedure provides instructions for replacing a ONECELL RP2000 series Radio Point in a live network environment. Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (above tile) 1 Remove the ceiling tile below the mounted RP to allow access to the mounting hardware and Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-52 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Loosen the locking screw. NOTE: The locking screw is not on newer RP2000s. 3 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-53 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Twist the RP to remove it. T F A R D D-54 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Remove the mounting plate from the failed RP and attach it to the replacement RP. Set the failed RP aside. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate and twist to engage. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-55 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. T F A R D D-56 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Replace the ceiling tile. 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-57 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (on tile) 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the RP. 2 If there is a locking screw, loosen it. 3 Twist the RP. T F A R D D-58 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the RP. Remove the mounting plate from the RP and set the RP aside. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-59 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate. T F A R D D-60 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Secure RP to octagon plate. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-61 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a flown mounted Indoor RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. 2 Remove the RP. T F A R D D-62 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Remove the mounting plate from the RP and set the failed RP aside. 4 Attach the mounting plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-63 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the RP to the octagon plate. T F A R D D-64 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Secure the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-65 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. 8 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-66 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Loosen the clamp, remove the RP and set it aside. 3 Remove the bracket from the failed RP and attach it to the replacement RP. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-67 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Bracket 4 Attach the replacement RP to the pole using the clamp. 5 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. T F A R D D-68 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a vertical pole mounted Rugged RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-69 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP and loosen the top screws. T F A R D D-70 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Lift the RP off of the mounting plate and set it aside. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-71 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on the replacement RP. NOTE: Do not tighten the screws. T F A R D D-72 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation 5 Hang the RP to the mounting bracket using the installed screws. Align holes at bottom location of bracket and install two additional screws. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-73 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units T F A R D D-74 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Insert two screws on the bottom of the RP and tighten all four screws. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. 7 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-75 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a horizontal pole mounted Rugged RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP. T F A R D D-76 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP and loosen the top screws. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-77 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Lift the failed RP off of the mounting plate and set it aside. T F A R D 4 Insert two screws into the upper holes on the replacement RP. NOTE: Do not tighten the screws. D-78 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units CAUTION Ensure that the RP is oriented correctly with the two antenna connectors at the top of the RP. Required orientation 5 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert and tighten the bottom screws on the RP. NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-79 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 7 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D D-80 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. Replacing a wall mounted Rugged RP 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable and the antenna couplers from the RP. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-81 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the screws on the bottom of the RP, loosen the top screws and remove the RP from the mounting plate. Set the RP aside. T F A R D D-82 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 On the replacement RP, insert two screws into the upper holes. Required orientation 4 Attach the RP to the mounting plate. Tighten the top screws on the RP and insert the bottom screws on the RP. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-83 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units NOTE: The torque requirement for the mounting screws is 20-21 in-lbs. 5 Connect the antenna couplers on the top of the RP. NOTE: Check the antenna coupler manufacturers documentation for torque requirements. 6 Connect the Ethernet cable RJ45 end to the bottom of the RP. T F A R D D-84 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. RP post-replacement verification The operational state of the replaced RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. D R A F T ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-85 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:

https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-86 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Ensure the WebGUI is operating in Management Mode. The Dashboard displays. 5 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 6 Click the RP Information tab. The RP Information page displays. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D-87 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Make sure the replaced RP is UP. T F A R D D-88 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines This section contains best practices for installing Ethernet cables and connecting them to RPs. Overview Cable handling Cable termination Lightning protection Ceiling connector Patch panel Power separation guidelines E-2 E-2 E-3 E-12 E-15 E-17 E-17 D R A F T E-1 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview When installing Rugged RPs, cables that can withstand temperature extremes and inclement weather should be used. In outside environments, avoid contamination or damage to plugs. Plugs must be protected from sunlight and water in a suitable equipment housing or NEMA 4 rated box. It is also important to avoid exposure to water at cut ends of unfilled cables and cords. The following information is available to help you extend the operation of your RP and switches. Cable handling Indoor/outdoor cords can be routed outdoors above ground and indoors, and can be ordered in lengths long enough for direct (home-run) installations from switch to end equipment. Cords have 20% Insertion Loss De-rating so only 85 meters total can be supported. Extended lengths can be cut in two for terminating the indoor ends at protectors or panels. Terminations are similar to typical 4-pair indoor cables. Unreel long lengths of cable to ensure the cable does not become twisted or caught on objects. Figure E-1. Unreel cable T F A R D E-2 CommScope recommends using a sock fitted and secured over the plug to pull cable through long conduits. Sock information Tie wrap information M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-2. Cable with sock attached using tie wrap Sock Conduit Tie-wrap Feed the sock through the conduit and secure the sock on the terminal end of the cable with the tie-wrap. Once the sock and tie-wrap are in place, pull the cable through the conduit. Cable termination Before installing the Rugged RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. Figure E-3. RJ45, IP67 connector Flip the plug anti-snag to make it easier to push through the cord grips (flip it back before plugging in). ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T E-3 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Use the split grommet provided. Once it is in place, coat it with silicone to ensure the connector is sealed. Figure E-4. Assembling the connector on the RP end Cable splicing Some cables are run in one piece from source to destination and have connector terminations. In other cases, two shorter pieces of cable need to be spliced together. When a cable is run to outdoor devices, you should take measures to ensure that cables are properly protected against moisture entering the cable. This is especially important when the jacket is stripped back from the wires. Some cables are gel filled and the termination includes cleaning the excess gel and blocking the end with silicone sealant to prevent future leakage. A typical blocking method uses a 2 cm length of Alpha Wire PVC-105-2 tubing or equivalent. 1 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant. M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 T F A R D E-4 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. Clean off all excess sealant. NOTE: Tape can be used to stabilize the tube for immediate termination before the sealant sets. Cable termination Shielded cables must be properly terminated, either grounded or isolated. For exposed installations requiring protection, the end of the shield can be bonded in various ways. The following procedure is an example of one method. 1 Make a slit along the length of the jacket. Be careful not to tear the underlying shielding. D R A F T E-5 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Pull back the jacket along the slit and remove. T F A R D E-6 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 3 Fold back the foil shielding and drain wire to expose the inner jacket. 4 Prepare the inner jacket for blocking the gel and direct burial. a Cut back the inner jacket b Trim the flute c Clean the excess gel NOTE: The flute can be cut longer to match the blocking tube length. D R A F T E-7 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 5 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant and position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. 6 Fold the drain wire and foil back over the tube and position the foil to be folded back over the tube. T F A R D E-8 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 7 An extra piece of foil can be used to cover the foil seam. 8 For an HGS620 termination, wrap the drain wire at least two times around and position it where the spring clips will capture them. 9 Tape over the foil for stability. 10 Trim the wire ends. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T E-9 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Cable grounding For CAT-6A cables, the shield termination method is to use the ground lug and B-

bond clip that are available in the 12A1 Grounding Kit. 1 Fold the foil back over the jacket end and wrap the drain wire around the end and push the ground lug over the wrap. T F A R D E-10 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Open the B-bonding clip to be placed and closed over the grounding lug. 3 The lug tail can be cut off or used for ground attachment. 4 Treat the inner jacket as described in step 4 on page E-7. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 D R A F T E-11 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines For an isolated shield termination, the 1572A and 1592A outer jacket foil and drain wire are removed a short distance back from the termination and electrical tape is used to isolate the foil end. Lightning protection CommScope recommends including lightning protection in your ONECELL system to isolate equipment from surge damage. Important guidelines Verify hole diameter blocking may need to remain outside the cover Maintain pair twists up to termination points Avoid having pairs crossing over each other Indoor box To protect the cables in an indoor installation from lightning damage, CommScope recommends using the ITW Linx CAT6-A-LAN protector. NOTE The gel filled outdoor cable types will still need blocking. See Cable splicing and Cable termination for instructions on blocking cable. E-12 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 T F A R D Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-5. CAT6-A lightning protector Outdoor protection The following is an example of a pole mounted CAT-6A configuration for protecting remote equipment installed outdoors. Table E-1 lists the recommended parts for installing the protection equipment. Table E-1. CAT-6A protection equipment parts list Part Name Link to Part on Distributors Web site NEMA 4x enclosure Allied Moulded fiberglass enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Heyco pre-assembled cordgrips Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing Heyco liquid tight bushings snap-in Allied Moulded back panel Ditek surge protection buss Ditek 110RJC6APOE Protector Allied Moulded pole mount kit Back panel Ground buss Protector Pole mount kit D R A F T E-13 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-6. Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices Back panel NEMA 4x enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Ground Buss Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing NOTE Enclosure should be mounted close to the equipment for the best protection. T F A R D E-14 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-7. Protector box mounted to pole Pole Mount kit Ceiling connector If surge protection is not needed, gel flooded cables can be blocked and transitioned to indoor cable using a ceiling connector. The following link is for the recommended CommScope part. Ceiling connector 1 Terminate the indoor cable first then lay down a bed of B sealant. ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Minimize excess cord length D R A F T E-15 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Clean all gel from the end of the OSP cable. 3 After the cable and conductors are positioned, fill the area around the cable end with sealant and close the connector housing. T F A R D E-16 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Patch panel CommScope recommends installing a patch panel in the NOC to connect and manage CAT-6A cables. The following is a list of recommended CommScope 24 and 48 port patch panels and high density information outlets. 760163436_HFTP-HD6B-1U-24 760163444_HFTP-HD6B-2U-48 760163451_HFTPA-HD6B-1U-24 760163469_HFTPA-HD6B-2U-48 760163519_HFTP-J6 760163527_HFTP-J10G For more information, go to CommScope.com or contact your CommScope customer representative. Power separation guidelines For power separation best guidelines, refer to the following standards:

Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, TIA-569-C Information technology Implementation and operation of customer premises cabling Part 2: Planning and installation, ISO/IEC 14763-2 Information Technology Cabling Installation Part 2: Installation Planning and practices inside buildings, BS EN 50174-2 D R A F T E-17 ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines T F A R D E-18 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020 B ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 DRAFT ONECELL Hardware Installation, Release 4.5 M0303A2 4.5.03 December 2020

 

 

Appendix E

Cable installation and power separation

guidelines

This section contains best practices for installing Ethernet cables and connecting them

to RPs.

Overview

Cable handling

Cable termination

Lightning protection

Ceiling connector

Patch panel

Power separation guidelines

E-2

E-2

E-3

E-12

E-15

E-17

E-17

D

R

A

F

T

E-1

OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

Overview

When installing Rugged RPs, cables that can withstand temperature extremes and

inclement weather should be used. In outside environments, avoid contamination or

damage to plugs. Plugs must be protected from sunlight and water in a suitable

equipment housing or NEMA 4 rated box. It is also important to avoid exposure to

water at cut ends of unfilled cables and cords. The following information is available

to help you extend the operation of your RP and switches.

Cable handling

Indoor/outdoor cords can be routed outdoors above ground and indoors, and can be

ordered in lengths long enough for direct (home-run) installations from switch to end

equipment. Cords have 20% Insertion Loss De-rating so only 85 meters total can be

supported. Extended lengths can be cut in two for terminating the indoor ends at

protectors or panels. Terminations are similar to typical 4-pair indoor cables.

Unreel long lengths of cable to ensure the cable does not become twisted or caught on

objects.

Figure E-1.

Unreel cable

T

F

A

R

D

E-2

CommScope recommends using a sock fitted and secured over the plug to pull cable

through long conduits.

Sock information

Tie wrap information

M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

Figure E-2.

Cable with sock attached using tie wrap

Sock

Conduit

Tie-wrap

Feed the sock through the conduit and secure the sock on the terminal end of the cable

with the tie-wrap. Once the sock and tie-wrap are in place, pull the cable through the

conduit.

Cable termination

Before installing the Rugged RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the

RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box.

Figure E-3.

RJ45, IP67 connector

Flip the plug anti-snag to make it easier to push through the cord grips (flip it back

before plugging in).

OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5

D

R

A

F

T

E-3

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

Use the split grommet provided. Once it is in place, coat it with silicone to ensure the

connector is sealed.

Figure E-4.

Assembling the connector on the RP end

Cable splicing

Some cables are run in one piece from source to destination and have connector

terminations. In other cases, two shorter pieces of cable need to be spliced together.

When a cable is run to outdoor devices, you should take measures to ensure that cables

are properly protected against moisture entering the cable. This is especially important

when the jacket is stripped back from the wires.

Some cables are gel filled and the termination includes cleaning the excess gel and

blocking the end with silicone sealant to prevent future leakage. A typical blocking

method uses a 2 cm length of Alpha Wire PVC-105-2 tubing or equivalent.

1 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant.

M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020

T

F

A

R

D

E-4

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

2 Position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel.

Clean off all excess sealant.

NOTE: Tape can be used to stabilize the tube for immediate termination before

the sealant sets.

Cable termination

Shielded cables must be properly terminated, either grounded or isolated. For exposed

installations requiring protection, the end of the shield can be bonded in various ways.

The following procedure is an example of one method.

1 Make a slit along the length of the jacket. Be careful not to tear the underlying

shielding.

D

R

A

F

T

E-5

OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

2 Pull back the jacket along the slit and remove.

T

F

A

R

D

E-6

M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

3 Fold back the foil shielding and drain wire to expose the inner jacket.

4 Prepare the inner jacket for blocking the gel and direct burial.

a Cut back the inner jacket

b Trim the flute

c Clean the excess gel

NOTE: The flute can be cut longer to match the blocking tube length.

D

R

A

F

T

E-7

OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

5 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant and position the filled tube to

overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel.

6 Fold the drain wire and foil back over the tube and position the foil to be folded

back over the tube.

T

F

A

R

D

E-8

M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

7 An extra piece of foil can be used to cover the foil seam.

8 For an HGS620 termination, wrap the drain wire at least two times around and

position it where the spring clips will capture them.

9 Tape over the foil for stability.

10 Trim the wire ends.

OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5

D

R

A

F

T

E-9

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

Cable grounding

For CAT-6A cables, the shield termination method is to use the ground lug and B-

bond clip that are available in the 12A1 Grounding Kit.

1 Fold the foil back over the jacket end and wrap the drain wire around the end and

push the ground lug over the wrap.

T

F

A

R

D

E-10

M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

2 Open the B-bonding clip to be placed and closed over the grounding lug.

3 The lug tail can be cut off or used for ground attachment.

4 Treat the inner jacket as described in step 4 on page E-7.

OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5

D

R

A

F

T

E-11

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

For an isolated shield termination, the 1572A and 1592A outer jacket foil and drain

wire are removed a short distance back from the termination and electrical tape is used

to isolate the foil end.

Lightning protection

CommScope recommends including lightning protection in your OneCell system to

isolate equipment from surge damage.

Important guidelines

• Verify hole diameter – blocking may need to remain outside the cover

• Maintain pair twists up to termination points

• Avoid having pairs crossing over each other

Indoor box

To protect the cables in an indoor installation from lightning damage, CommScope

recommends using the ITW Linx CAT6-A-LAN protector.

NOTE

The gel filled outdoor cable types will still need blocking. See Cable splicing and

Cable termination for instructions on blocking cable.

E-12

M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020

T

F

A

R

D

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

Figure E-5.

CAT6-A lightning protector

Outdoor protection

The following is an example of a pole mounted CAT-6A configuration for protecting

remote equipment installed outdoors.

Table E-1 lists the recommended parts for installing the protection equipment.

Table E-1. CAT-6A protection equipment parts list

Part Name

Link to Part on Distributor’s Web site

NEMA 4x enclosure

Allied Moulded fiberglass enclosure

Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Heyco pre-assembled cordgrips

Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing

Heyco liquid tight bushings – snap-in

Allied Moulded back panel

Ditek surge protection buss

Ditek 110RJC6APOE Protector

Allied Moulded pole mount kit

Back panel

Ground buss

Protector

Pole mount kit

D

R

A

F

T

E-13

OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

Figure E-6.

Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices

Back panel

NEMA 4x enclosure

Bottom Mounted Liquid

Tight Cordgrips

Ground Buss

Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight

Bushing

NOTE

Enclosure should be mounted close to the equipment for the best protection.

T

F

A

R

D

E-14

M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

Figure E-7.

Protector box mounted to pole

Pole Mount kit

Ceiling connector

If surge protection is not needed, gel flooded cables can be blocked and transitioned to

indoor cable using a ceiling connector. The following link is for the recommended

CommScope part.

Ceiling connector

1 Terminate the indoor cable first – then lay down a bed of B sealant.

OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5

Minimize excess

cord length

D

R

A

F

T

E-15

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

2 Clean all gel from the end of the OSP cable.

3 After the cable and conductors are positioned, fill the area around the cable end

with sealant and close the connector housing.

T

F

A

R

D

E-16

M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

Patch panel

CommScope recommends installing a patch panel in the NOC to connect and manage

CAT-6A cables. The following is a list of recommended CommScope 24 and 48 port

patch panels and high density information outlets.

760163436_HFTP-HD6B-1U-24

760163444_HFTP-HD6B-2U-48

760163451_HFTPA-HD6B-1U-24

760163469_HFTPA-HD6B-2U-48

760163519_HFTP-J6

760163527_HFTP-J10G

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

For more information, go to CommScope.com or contact your CommScope customer

representative.

Power separation guidelines

For power separation best guidelines, refer to the following standards:

Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, TIA-569-C

Information technology – Implementation and operation of customer premises

cabling – Part 2: Planning and installation, ISO/IEC 14763-2

Information Technology – Cabling Installation – Part 2: Installation Planning and

practices inside buildings, BS EN 50174-2

D

R

A

F

T

E-17

OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5

Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines

T

F

A

R

D

E-18

M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020

B

OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5

DRAFT

OneCell® Hardware Installation, Release 4.5

M0303A2 4.5.01 September 2020



 

 

Part IV: Appendices Appendix A Safety Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Appendix C Specifications Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines D R A F T T F A R D Appendix A Safety This appendix contains specifications for CommScope OneCell, including FCC information and technical data. Radiation Exposure Statement Human exposure limits for OneCell deployments A-2 A-2 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 A-1 Appendix A Safety Radiation Exposure Statement Important: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by CommScope LLC could void your authority to operate the equipment. The Baseband Controller and RP5100 have been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A equipment, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. For more information, see the publication femtocells and Health at http:// www.femtoforum.org or visit the FCC website at www.fcc.gov. FCC Part 15 NOTE EN55032 WARNING This equipment is compliant with Class A of EN55032. In a residential environment, this equipment may cause radio interference. Human exposure limits for OneCell deployments The human exposure limits for the OneCell product is calculated by using the Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) method associated with fixed-type transmitter devices at a minimum exposure distance of 20 cm. Table A-1 includes values for one Radio Point (RP) and four Radio Points per chassis. T F A R D A-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix A Safety Table A-2. RF exposure for OneCell at maximum power internal antennas Parameter RPM-

RPM-

RPM-

RPM-

A5A11-B66 A5A11-B02 I5A11-B01 I5A11-B03 RPM-

I5A11-B07 Tx Power (dBm) per antenna 24.13 24.23 24.25 24.00 24.70 Transmitter Duty Cycle %

100 100 100 100 100 Tx Loss (dB) Tx Antenna Gain (dBi) Number of Antennas (MIMO) Contribution due to multiple antennas (dB) Bands 0 4 2 2 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 3 0 4 2 7 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 3.0103 Derived Total EIRP (dBW) 1.240 1.260 1.010 1.710 Frequency Range (MHz) 2110-2200 1930-1990 2110-2170 1805-1880 2620-2690 Point Source Total EIRP (watts) Power Density (W/m2) @ 20 cm 1.331 2.647 1.337 2.569 1.262 2.510 1.483 2.950 0 4 2 1.140 66 1.300 2.587 Reference documents

[1] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C, 2001, Evaluating Compliance with FCC guidelines for Human Exposure to radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields, US Federal Communications Commission, Office of Engineering and Technology June 2001.

[2] Federal Communications Commission Document OET Bulletin 56, Questions and answers about biological effects and potential hazards of radio frequency electromagnetic fields, Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology, August 1999.

[3] ICNIRP Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields up to 300 GHz. International Commission on Non Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 74 (4): 494-522; 1998

[4] ICNIRP Statement on EMF-Emitting New Technologies, International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation, published in Health Physics 94 (4):376-392, 2008

[5] 3GPP Document 3GPP TS 36.104 version 10.11.0 Release 10, LTE Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 A-3 Appendix A Safety T F A R D A-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting This section contains information on troubleshooting the OneCell installation. It includes the LED patterns for the Baseband Controller and Radio points. Baseband Controller LED patterns Radio Point LED patterns B-2 B-4 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 B-1 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Baseband Controller LED patterns The Baseband Controller has four LEDs on the front panel. The following table shows Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take STATUS Green, solid None Power On Sectors up RP ERROR Green, solid Power On None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Green, blinking Firmware upgrade from DMS None Sectors not up Amber, blinking No configuration from DMS Check DMS availability Check if the provisioning is correct Escalate to operator OFF BC rebooting after upgrade None Red, solid*

Error in system - software or hardware issues detected Replace Baseband Controller Module Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No Radio Points connected Check RP cable Off Radio Points connected, firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, blinking Check 1588 VLAN configuration Radio Point alarm - PLL state unlock; service impacting alarm from Radio Point (alarm in one or more RP) B-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D Appendix B Installation troubleshooting LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take TIMING LED Green, solid Power On, timing None Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No timing Check GPS antenna connection feed Off Firmware upgrade from DMS None Red, solid*

Error in system Replace Baseband Controller Module CORE LED Green, solid Power On None GPS module down Software/Hardware issues Connection to MME Amber, solid Self-test failure Replace Baseband Controller Amber, blinking No connection to MME Check the MME configuration on the IPsec is up Check if MME is reachable BC None Off Firmware upgrade from DMS Red, blinking Internet connection Check if Security Gateway is IPsec down reachable Check security credentials Red, solid*

No Internet Replace Baseband Controller Module Interface hardware issues

* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is a BC hardware failure. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 B-3 Appendix B Installation troubleshooting Radio Point LED patterns The Radio Point has two LEDs on the front cover, indicators for Radio and PoE+. The following table shows Display pattern for each LED What the pattern indicates Action to take, if any, to resolve the issue LED Display Pattern Indicates Action to Take RADIO Green, solid Power On, transmitting None Amber, solid RFTxState OFF Check 1588 VLAN configuration No Controller Assigned Verify RP is in STANDBY because more than 32 RPs are connected Red, solid No connection to Hardware error replace RP module No Timing Controller HW error Low Power Green, blinking Firmware upgrade None Amber, blinking RF module Self-Test Failure Replace RF module POE+

Green, solid Power On, PoE++ power None Amber, solid Link up, no power Check that the Ethernet cable is connected to the RP Green, blinking PoE+ power None Amber, blinking Platform Self-Test Failure Replace RP Red, solid Ethernet port error Connect the Ethernet cable between the BC and RP Replace RP

* Note: When all of the LEDs are solid red, there is an RP hardware failure. B-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D Appendix C Specifications This appendix contains specifications for CommScope OneCell, including FCC information and technical data. Electrical ratings and technical data C-2 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 C-1 Appendix C Specifications Electrical ratings and technical data The following table lists the electrical ratings and technical data for the Baseband Controller. Operating Environment 0 to 40C, 10 to 90% relative humidity, indoor use only, not for wet environments Electrical Rating 100 - 230 AC, 2.0A, 50 - 60Hz (auto ranging, no adjustment required) Dimensions 19w x 1.75H x 18.8 D (483mm W x 44.4mm H x 477mm D) Weight Safety Single BC 13.1 lbs (5.9 KG), Dual BC 19.1 lbs. (8.7 KG) IEC 60950-1 2005 (Second edition) + A1:2009 SPF/SPF+ specifications The following table lists the SPF and SPF+ specifications required for the Baseband Controller. 1G SFP LC SX Transceiver; 220M to 1K M 1G SFP LC LX transceiver, 550M 10K M 10G SFP+ LC SR Transceiver; Multi mode 26M to 300M SFP-10G-LR Transceiver; Single mode 10KM 10G Direct attach SFP+ cable; Twin ax Cable; 7M (must be compatible with HP & Cisco switches T F A R D C-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units This appendix contains instructions for replacing Baseband Controller modules and Radio Points in the OneCell system. FRU overview Replacing Baseband Controller modules Replacing Radio Points Replacing RF modules D-2 D-2 D-13 D-48 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-1 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units FRU overview Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) are modules that can be replaced on-site in case of equipment failure. On-site and off-site activities are required when replacing modules. The off-site activities are achieved by using DMS. This appendix contains details for replacing Baseband Controllers (BC) modules and Radio Points (RP). Replacing Baseband Controller modules The following procedure provides instructions for replacing the OneCell Baseband Controller (BC) module in a live network environment. This procedure is divided into four sections:

Prerequisites Off-site activities On-site activities Post-Install Verification Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing a BC. Prerequisite UDEF file for DMS import SSH password Replacement OneCell BC module Laptop for Web GUI access Config.tar file containing operator information Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. License file (if applicable) Note: This file should be saved on the Laptop that will be used for WebGUI access. T F A R D D-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Prerequisite Configuration details for WebGUI commissioning Note: These parameters are derived from the failed unit being replaced. Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the OneCell Baseband Controller Management port DMS FTP IP address Off-site activities Before replacing the BC module, import a new EDF file to the DMS. This file contains the BC MAC address and HeMs password specific to the new BC. 1 Access the FTP location on DMS using ftp protocol, port 2100. 2 Upload the EDF file to /appdata/dms/import/factory. 3 Access the DMS Network console from a supported Web Browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Internet Explorer versions 9, 10 and 11 and Chrome version 36 Web browsers, and a screen resolution of 1024 x 768 and higher. 4 Enter the IP address for the Network Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/networkconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-3 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. 6 Enter the device Mac ID. The Network Management Portal opens. 7 Select Import tab located in the left margin of the Device console. 8 Select File Import. 9 Browse and select the desired import file. The EDF file format is xml. 10 Click Import. 11 Click Import Progress. Wait for the import to be completed. T F A R D D-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 12 Click the Operational History icon in the upper right corner of the page. The Operational History page displays. Check that the file import was successful. 13 Login to the Device console. OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-5 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 14 Enter the MAC ID of the replacement Baseband Controller. NOTE: Your CommScope service engineer will provide the new BC MAC ID. 15 Select the Device configuration tab on the left margin. T F A R D 16 Configure the same parameters from the BC being replaced. D-6 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 17 Select the Dashboard menu item. The Controller will display "Out of Service" until the On-site installation is completed. On-site activities After the off-site activities are complete, you are ready to replace the BC module on-

site. 1 Power off the OneCell Baseband Controller. OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-7 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Make a note of the existing cables connected to the failed OneCell BC. 3 Label the cables identifying the port locations on the BC. Disconnect the cables. T F A R D 4 Remove the GPS antenna cable from the BC (if applicable). D-8 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Turn the mounting screws on the BC front panel counterclockwise to loosen them and remove the BC module. 6 Insert the new BC module into the chassis and tighten the mounting screws. OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-9 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Re-connect the cables as noted in step 3. T F A R D D-10 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Power on the controller. 9 Configure the BC. Follow configuration procedures starting with Accessing the Web GUI on page 5-13. Post-Install Verification On-site The operational state of the OneCell system can be determined by the LED status on the BCs front panel. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. Start the verification with Verify the OneCell system installation on page 6-2 and continue through the end of the chapter. Off-site 1 Open a supported Web browser. NOTE: The DMS GUI supports Internet Explorer versions 9, 10 and 11 and Chrome version 36 Web browsers, and a screen resolution of 1024 x 768 and higher. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-11 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Enter the IP address for the Device Management portal. http://<IP Address DMS server>/deviceconsole The Sign In dialog box displays. 3 Enter Username and Password. The Search Device screen displays. T F A R D 4 Enter the MAC ID of the new BC. The BC Dashboard displays. The Summary at the top of the page should show Ready. D-12 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units NOTE: Provision the remaining Device configurations to align with the failed BC configuration on the DMS Device Configuration page. 5 Scroll to the bottom of the page to view the Device PnP status. If all of the PnP boxes have green checks, the BC replacement is successful. Stop here. If one or more of the PnP boxes are red, those activities failed. Go to the Device PnP page to identify the failed activity. Replacing Radio Points The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a OneCell Radio Point

(RP) module in a live network environment. Prerequisites On-site activities Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP RP post-replacement verification Prerequisites The following table contains a checklist of prerequisites for replacing an RP. OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-13 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Prerequisite SSH password Replacement OneCell RP module Laptop for Web GUI access Ethernet cable Note: Required for connecting the laptop to the OneCell Baseband Controller Management port On-site activities Before replacing the RP, delete the RP from the system using the WebGUI. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:

https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-14 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Ensure the Management Mode tab is selected. The Dashboard displays. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-15 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 6 Click the RP Information tab. 7 If one of the Radio Points is Down, select that RP by checking the box next to it. 8 Click Delete. 9 Check the Radio Point Information table to ensure the RP is deleted. T F A R D D-16 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a ceiling RP5100i (above tile) 1 Remove the ceiling tile next to the mounted RP to allow access to the mounting hardware and Ethernet cable. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-17 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-18 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-19 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Twist the RP to remove it. Set the failed RP aside. T F A R D D-20 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the mounting plate to the RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-21 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate and twist to engage. T F A R D D-22 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-23 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the plastic cover to the RP. T F A R D D-24 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Replace the ceiling tile. 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-25 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a ceiling Indoor RP (on tile) 1 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-26 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the RP. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-27 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Twist the RP counterclockwise. 4 Remove the RP. T F A R D D-28 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the plate to the replacement RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. 6 Attach the RP to the octagonal mounting plate. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-29 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Secure RP to plate. 8 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RP. T F A R D D-30 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Attach the plastic cover to the Radio Point. 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-31 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a flown mounted RP5100i 1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable. T F A R D D-32 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cables. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-33 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Loosen the RP. T F A R D D-34 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Remove the RP. 5 Attach the mounting plate to the RP. NOTE: Apply thread locking compound to the screws prior to installation. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-35 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Attach the RP to the octagon box. T F A R D D-36 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Secure the RP. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-37 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Connect the Ethernet cables. T F A R D D-38 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 9 Attach RP cover. 10 Verify the RP installation. See The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-39 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units Replacing a pole mounted Indoor RP 1 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-40 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cables. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-41 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 3 Loosen the clamp, remove the RP. 4 Remove the bracket from the failed RP and attach it to the replacement RP. T F A R D D-42 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Attach the replacement RP to the pole using the clamp. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-43 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 6 Connect the Ethernet cables to the RP. T F A R D D-44 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Attach the cover to the RP. 8 Verify the RP installation. The operational state of the RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. RP post-replacement verification On-site The operational state of the replaced RP can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. 1 Connect the Ethernet cable to the MGMT port on the BCs front panel. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-45 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Open a supported browser. 3 Enter the IP address for the GUI, using the format below. https://<IP address of Management Interface>:6002 Example:

https://192.168.8.1:6002 The Sign In dialog box appears. T F A R D D-46 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 4 Ensure the Management Mode tab is selected. The Dashboard displays. 5 On the Dashboard, click the Radio Points link. The Radio Points Dashboard displays. 6 Click the RP Information tab. The RP Information page displays. OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-47 D R A F T Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Make sure the replaced RP is UP. Replacing RF modules The following procedures provide instructions for replacing a OneCell Radio Point RF module. WARNING Disconnect the Ethernet cables on the RP to remove the power. Failure to do so will cause damage the RP. 1 Remove the RP cover. T F A R D D-48 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 2 Disconnect the Ethernet cables on the RP. 3 Unscrew the RF module. D R A F T 4 Remove the RF module. OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-49 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 5 Install the replacement RF module. 6 Secure it in the slot. T F A R D D-50 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 7 Connect the Ethernet cables. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 D-51 Appendix D Field Replaceable Units 8 Attach the RP cover. 9 Verify the RF module installation. The operational state of the RF module can be determined by the LED status on the RP. Additional information can be attained from the WebGUI status screens. For verification procedures, see RP post-replacement verification. T F A R D D-52 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines This section contains best practices for installing Ethernet cables and connecting them to RPs. Overview Cable handling Cable termination Lightning protection Ceiling connector Patch panel Power separation guidelines E-2 E-2 E-3 E-12 E-15 E-17 E-17 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-1 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Overview When installing Ruggedized RPs, cables that can withstand temperature extremes and inclement weather should be used. In outside environments, avoid contamination or damage to plugs. Plugs must be protected from sunlight and water in a suitable equipment housing or NEMA 4 rated box. It is also important to avoid exposure to water at cut ends of unfilled cables and cords. The following information is available to help you extend the operation of your RP and switches. Cable handling Indoor/outdoor cords can be routed outdoors above ground and indoors, and can be ordered in lengths long enough for direct (home-run) installations from switch to end equipment. Cords have 20% Insertion Loss De-rating so only 85 meters total can be supported. Extended lengths can be cut in two for terminating the indoor ends at protectors or panels. Terminations are similar to typical 4-pair indoor cables. Unreel long lengths of cable to ensure the cable does not become twisted or caught on objects. Figure E-1. Unreel cable T F A R D CommScope recommends using a sock fitted and secured over the plug to pull cable through long conduits. Sock information Tie wrap information E-2 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-2. Cable with sock attached using tie wrap Sock Conduit Tie-wrap Feed the sock through the conduit and secure the sock on the terminal end of the cable with the tie-wrap. Once the sock and tie-wrap are in place, pull the cable through the conduit. Cable termination Before installing the Ruggedized RP, terminate the RP end of the Ethernet cable with the RJ45, IP67 connector provided in the box. Figure E-3. RJ45, IP67 connector D R A F T Flip the plug anti-snag to make it easier to push through the cord grips (flip it back before plugging in). OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-3 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Use the split grommet provided. Once it is in place, coat it with silicone to ensure the connector is sealed. Figure E-4. Assembling the connector on the RP end Cable splicing Some cables are run in one piece from source to destination and have connector terminations. In other cases, two shorter pieces of cable need to be spliced together. When a cable is run to outdoor devices, you should take measures to ensure that cables are properly protected against moisture entering the cable. This is especially important when the jacket is stripped back from the wires. Some cables are gel filled and the termination includes cleaning the excess gel and blocking the end with silicone sealant to prevent future leakage. A typical blocking method uses a 2 cm length of Alpha Wire PVC-105-2 tubing or equivalent. 1 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant. T F A R D E-4 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. Clean off all excess sealant. NOTE: Tape can be used to stabilize the tube for immediate termination before the sealant sets. Cable termination Shielded cables must be properly terminated, either grounded or isolated. For exposed installations requiring protection, the end of the shield can be bonded in various ways. The following procedure is an example of one method. 1 Make a slit along the length of the jacket. Be careful not to tear the underlying shielding. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-5 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Pull back the jacket along the slit and remove. T F A R D E-6 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 3 Fold back the foil shielding and drain wire to expose the inner jacket. 4 Prepare the inner jacket for blocking the gel and direct burial. a Cut back the inner jacket b Trim the flute c Clean the excess gel NOTE: The flute can be cut longer to match the blocking tube length. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-7 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 5 Fill all space inside the tubing with B-sealant and position the filled tube to overlap the end of the inner jacket and seal the gel. 6 Fold the drain wire and foil back over the tube and position the foil to be folded back over the tube. T F A R D E-8 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 7 An extra piece of foil can be used to cover the foil seam. 8 For an HGS620 termination, wrap the drain wire at least two times around and position it where the spring clips will capture them. 9 Tape over the foil for stability. 10 Trim the wire ends. D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-9 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Cable grounding For CAT-6A cables, the shield termination method is to use the ground lug and B-

bond clip that are available in the 12A1 Grounding Kit. 1 Fold the foil back over the jacket end and wrap the drain wire around the end and push the ground lug over the wrap. T F A R D E-10 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Open the B-bonding clip to be placed and closed over the grounding lug. 3 The lug tail can be cut off or used for ground attachment. 4 Treat the inner jacket as described in step 4 on page E-7. OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-11 D R A F T Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines For an isolated shield termination, the 1572A and 1592A outer jacket foil and drain wire are removed a short distance back from the termination and electrical tape is used to isolate the foil end. Lightning protection CommScope recommends including lightning protection in your OneCell system to isolate equipment from surge damage. Important guidelines Verify hole diameter blocking may need to remain outside the cover Maintain pair twists up to termination points Avoid having pairs crossing over each other Indoor box To protect the cables in an indoor installation from lightning damage, CommScope recommends using the ITW Linx CAT6-A-LAN protector. NOTE The gel filled outdoor cable types will still need blocking. See Cable splicing and Cable termination for instructions on blocking cable. E-12 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 T F A R D Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-5. CAT6-A lightning protector Outdoor protection The following is an example of a pole mounted CAT-6A configuration for protecting remote equipment installed outdoors. Table E-1 lists the recommended parts for installing the protection equipment. Table E-1. CAT-6A protection equipment parts list Part Name Link to Part on Distributors Web site NEMA 4x enclosure Allied Moulded fiberglass enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Heyco pre-assembled cordgrips Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing Heyco liquid tight bushings snap-in Allied Moulded back panel Ditek surge protection buss Ditek 110RJC6APOE Protector Allied Moulded pole mount kit Back panel Ground buss Protector Pole mount kit D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-13 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-6. Remote equipment protection for outdoor devices Back panel NEMA 4x enclosure Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Cordgrips Ground Buss Bottom Mounted Liquid Tight Bushing NOTE Enclosure should be mounted close to the equipment for the best protection. T F A R D E-14 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Figure E-7. Protector box mounted to pole Pole Mount kit Minimize excess cord length D R A F T Ceiling connector If surge protection is not needed, gel flooded cables can be blocked and transitioned to indoor cable using a ceiling connector. The following link is for the recommended CommScope part. Ceiling connector 1 Terminate the indoor cable first then lay down a bed of B sealant. OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-15 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines 2 Clean all gel from the end of the OSP cable. 3 After the cable and conductors are positioned, fill the area around the cable end with sealant and close the connector housing. T F A R D E-16 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines Patch panel CommScope recommends installing a patch panel in the NOC to connect and manage CAT-6A cables. The following is a list of recommended CommScope 24 and 48 port patch panels and high density information outlets. 760163436_HFTP-HD6B-1U-24 760163444_HFTP-HD6B-2U-48 760163451_HFTPA-HD6B-1U-24 760163469_HFTPA-HD6B-2U-48 760163519_HFTP-J6 760163527_HFTP-J10G For more information, go to CommScope.com or contact your CommScope customer representative. Power separation guidelines For power separation best guidelines, refer to the following standards:

Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, TIA-569-C Information technology Implementation and operation of customer premises cabling Part 2: Planning and installation, ISO/IEC 14763-2 Information Technology Cabling Installation Part 2: Installation Planning and practices inside buildings, BS EN 50174-2 D R A F T OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 E-17 Appendix E Cable installation and power separation guidelines T F A R D E-18 913035 4.0.04 June 2019 B OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 DRAFT OneCell Installation and Commissioning, RP5000 series, Release 4.0 913035 4.0.04 June 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMSCOPE OneCell MODEL: RPM-A5A11-B66 20MHz SSA 2x2 Radio Module B66 FCC ID: QHYRPM-ASA11-B66 SED ID: 2237E-RPMASA11B66 ID No: OC-10R0-A66 WO SN: 11027004307 VENOM UTNE MID: 7830914-00 REV XX MADE IN CHINA For Patents See www.CS-pat.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

monet: Rem-asati-s66 . 20MHz SSA 2x2 Radio Module B66 FCC ID: QHYRPM-ASA11-B66 ICID: " MADE IN CHINA HE I) Mio: 7830914-00 For Patents See www.CS-patcom |

ae Seba ntya lien eae NesOemabas te x XXX+0 001 ANG.+-0.5

 

 

CommScope Technologies OneCell Radio Module RPM-A5A11-B66 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851 T: +1 978-614-2916 FCC Class II Permissive Change Request for Company:

CommScope LLC FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B66 We are applying for a class II permissive change request for the addition of LTE bands 4 and 10 to the filing. Product description: OneCell Radio module RPM-A5A11-B66, FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B66. June 27, 2022 To FCC:

Original Grant date 06/16/2021 Sincerely, Zachary Johnson _________________________ Regulatory Engineer 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851

 

 

FCC Confidentiality Request Letter 900 Chelmsford Rd Lowell, MA 01850 T: +1 978-250-3000 7/14/2022 To:

Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046-1609 Intertek TCB 70 Codman Hill Road Boxborough, MA 01719 Confidentiality Request Re:

FCC ID QHYRPM-A5A11-B66 Pursuant to Sections 0.457(d)(1)(ii) and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, CommScope Technologies LLC hereby requests permanent confidential treatment of information accompanying this application as outlined below:

1. Operational description Pursuant to Sections 0.457(d)(1)(ii) and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, CommScope Technologies LLC hereby requests short-term confidential treatment of information accompanying this application as outlined below for a period of 180 days:

1. Test photos The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457(d)(1)(ii), disclosure of this Application and all accompanying materials will not be made before the date of the Grant for this Application. Sincerely, ___________________________ Zachary Johnson Regulatory Engineer 7/14/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cross Point Tower 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851 T: +1 978-250-3000 To Whom It May Concern, Kevin Craig will grant Zachary Johnson the authority to sign on behalf of CommScope Technologies LLC for current and future FCC filings under grantee code QHY. ____________________________________ 12/20/2021 Sincerely, Kevin E. Craig Consulting Engineer 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FCC Confidentiality Request Letter Cross Point Tower 900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851 T: +1 978-250-3000 5/24/2021 To: Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046-1609 Intertek TCB 70 Codman Hill Road Boxborough, MA 01719 Confidentiality Request Re:

FCC ID QHYRPM-A511-B66 Pursuant to Sections 47 CFR 0.457(d)(1)(ii) of the Commissions Rules, CommScope Technologies LLC hereby requests short-term confidential treatment of information accompanying this application as outlined below for a period of 180 days:

1. Test photos The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 47 CFR 0.457(d)(1)(ii), disclosure of this Application and all accompanying materials will not be made before the date of the Grant for this Application. Sincerely, ___________________________ Kevin Craig Consulting Mechanical Engineer 5/24/2021

 

 

900 Chelmsford Street Lowell, MA 01851 T: +1 978-250-3000 Agents Authorization Letter 1/26/2021 I do hereby authorize, until further notice, Intertek, 70 Codman Hill Rd, Boxborough, MA 01719, to act on our behalf in dealings before the Federal Communications Commission with respect to all matters relating to equipment authorizations under 47 CFR. This authorization includes, but is not limited to, the signing of Form 731. I certify that no party (as defined in 47 CFR 1.2002) to this application, including myself, is subject to a denial of federal benefits, that include FCC benefits, pursuant to section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C., 853A. Certified By:

__________________ Kevin Craig Consulting Engineer. 1/26/2021

 

 

900 Chelmsford St Lowell, MA 01851 T: +1 978-250-2678 Tune Up Procedure Declaration January 5, 2021 To: Intertek TCB 70 Codman Hill Road Boxborough, MA 01719 Gentlemen:

This letter declares that the product associated with the submission of FCC ID QHYRPM-A5A11-B66 does not require any tune up procedure for proper operation. Sincerely, Kevin Craig Consulting Mechanical Engineer January 5, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

900 Chelmsford Rd Lowell, MA 01850 T: +1 978-250-3000 OneCell Next Generation Radio Module, Radio Description The OneCell RP5000 Radio Module is a 2x2 MIMO, Single band radio operating in LTE band, 5 The RP5000 supports bandwidths of 5,10,15 & 20 MHz. The frequencies supported are shown in the table below. LTE Band Downlink FDD LTE Bands & Frequencies Bandwidth DL/UL MHz Uplink 66 2110 2200 1710 1780 90/70 Duplex Spacing Band Gap MHz 400 MHz 330 Figures 1 show the block diagram of the RF portion of the radio module. It consists of identical transmit/receive chains to form a 2x2 MIMO system. A single design supports an entire LTE RF band (e.g., B66, B2, etc.). The entire radio module is field replaceable, including antenna assembly. A single AD9363 transceiver chip accepts digital IQ data (JESD 207 format), provides digital transmit and receive FIR filtering, contains transmit and receive local oscillator synthesizers and zero IF modulators/demodulators. A single transceiver chip supports up to 2x2 MIMO configuration. The functional block diagram of this device is also shown in Figure 1. On the transmit side, the output of the AD9363 is an LTE waveform (5, 10, 15 or 20MHz bandwidth), at a nominal maximum power level of approximately -7dBm. This differential RF output is converted to single-ended and applied to a power amplifier chain consisting of a buffer amplifier and a power amplifier. The transmit signal is applied to a duplexer to enable FDD duplexing. The nominal maximum output power (per MIMO chain) of the at the antenna port is +24.0dBm. A 2x2 MIMO antenna assembly is fitted onto the radio module. This is shown in picture Figure 2. On the receiver side, the signal from the antenna port connector is applied to the antenna port of the duplexers. An LNA sets the receiver noise figure, followed by a receive band BPF to reduce cross-modulation products from the transmit signal. The receive signal is converted to baseband by a zero-IF I/Q modulator, applied to an ADC converter followed by the receive FIR filter chain. 900 Chelmsford Rd Lowell, MA 01850 T: +1 978-250-3000 Protection of the radio module is accomplish using a series of measures. The radio receives 12 VDC from the host as primary power. The +12 VDC is converted to +4.2 VDC using a Texas Instrument SWIFT Synchronous Step-Down Converter, TPS548A20. All other required voltages are derived from the output of this power supply with exception of temperature sensor and EE-Prom which are derived directly from the +12VDC. Over Voltage Protection - The radio is protected from over voltage by the DC-DC converter using a power good signal that is pulled low if the voltage goes outside of the 16% of the target value and the supply causing the +4.2 VDC output to be removed. Over Current protection The radio is protected from over current by the DC-DC converter. The DC-DC converter monitors the inductor current during the off state and the converter maintains the OFF state during the period that the inductor current is larger than the overcurrent trip level. In an overcurrent condition, the current to the load exceeds the current to the output capacitor thus the output voltage decreases the output voltage crosses the undervoltage-protection threshold and shuts down the DC-DC converter. Over temperature protection The radio is protected from excess temperature in two ways. o The DC-DC converter has integrated thermal shutdown. If the temperature exceeds the threshold value TPS548A20 shuts off. o On board temperature sensor, On-Semi NCT75 The temperature sensor is monitored by the host device. When the temperature sensor approaches the over temperature threshold the radio RF power is reduced to lower the temperature as the main heat source is the power amps. If the temperature continues to rise above the threshold, the NCT75 temperature alarm signal disables the DC-DC converter via it enable pin and power is removed from the radio. RF Power Control The radio module does not provide RF power detection circuitry, however, as RF power increases the PA temperature increases. Since the temperature sensor monitors the PA temperatures the RF power is monitored indirectly. If the PA temperature increases above the threshold the over temperature protection as described above is applied. Antenna type(s) and maximum antenna gain(s) - Internal, embedded antennas (shown in drawing). Maximum Gain is +3dBi. Type or types of emission - FCC emission code supported 4M54G7D, 9M02G7D, 13M5G7D, & 18M0G7D. Range of operating power values or specific operating power levels, and description of any means provided for variation of operating power (see above RF Power Control). Maximum power rating

+23.630.5 dBm. Modulation system to be used - The modulating waveform is 4G LTE Downlink. 900 Chelmsford Rd Lowell, MA 01850 T: +1 978-250-3000 Figure 1 below shows a typical radio module block diagram. Transmitter AD9363 RFIC Transceiver Buffer Amp PA I/O From Host TX1 A Balun BPF Tx freq = 2110 to 2200 MHz; 0.1MHz raster Antenna duplexer DUP Receiver Traffic RX RX1 A Balun BPF LNA RF_Present I2C-0/1 SPI[3:0]

General_CTRL RF_CTRL TXD[5:0]

TXC/TXF RXD[5:0]

RXC/RXF 6p 2p 6p 2p

}asychronous See table 1 38.4MHz (ref clk) See table 1 38.4MHz TX2 A RX2 A Table 1 TX and RX Data Clock rates 5MHz BW = 7.68MHz 10MHz BW = 15.36MHz 15MHz BW = 23.04MHz 20MHz BW = 30.72MHz Figure 1b below shows a typical radio module block diagram. 900 Chelmsford Rd Lowell, MA 01850 T: +1 978-250-3000 Figure 2 shows the mechanical view of the Radio Module

 

 

CommScope Technologies OneCell Radio Module RPM-A5A11-B66 250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 Part-1 The power amplifier, Skyworks, AWB7227, used in radio module RPM-A5A11-B66, Original Grant, FCC ID QHYRPM-A5A11-B66, is going end of life. The proposed Items replacement part, Qorvo, QPA9421, is a pin compatible component that can be implemented onto the radio module PCB without any artwork changes required. The power amp specifications are embedded below. AWB7227 QPA9421 Part-2 The SAW duplexer, Qualcomm-B39222B8206P810, / hybrid, Anaren-X3C19F1-03S is part of the circuit is being replaced by a Ceramic duplexer, CTS-CER0569E. 250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 The block diagram below shows the original design. The design used a hybrid to split the RF signal, to reduce it overall power that the SAW duplexer would see, route the RF signal through 2 SAW duplexers, and then use another hybrid to recombine the RF signal. 250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 The block below diagram shows the replacement design. The SAW duplexers/hybrids are replaced handling the power of the RF signal from the power amplifier. by a ceramic duplexer capable of The figure below shows the comparison of the original design and the replacement design. 250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 Original Design Replacement Design REF - 178919 D01 Permissive Change Policy v06, Section D, Paragraphs 2, 3 & 4 PCB Artwork The area outlined in Blue is the area of replacement Schematic Note: Items with X are not populated on the PCB

 

 

 

 

 

 

Application for Equipment Authorization Intertek TCB Form 731 (03-04-2019) Applicant Information Applicant's complete, legal business name: CommScope Technologies LLC FCC Registration Number (FRN):

Line one:

Line two:

P.O. Box:

City:

State:

Country:

Zip Code:

0024704082 Suite 100 Chelmsford MA USA 01824 FCC ID Grantee Code:

Product Code:

QHY RPM-A5A11-B66 3 or 5 digit code assigned by the FCC 14 Maximum characters (letters, numbers, and dash) Kevin Eric Craig Consulting Engineer Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact First Name:

Middle Name:

Last Name:

Title:

Telephone Number: 978-250-2678 Fax Number:

Email:

Mail Stop:

kevin.craig@commscope.com Extension:

CommScope Technologies LLC Kevin Eric Craig Suite 100 Chelmsford MA USA 01824 kevin.craig@commscope.com Technical Contact Firm Name:

First Name:

Middle Name:

Last Name:

Line 1:

Line 2:

P.O. Box:

City:

State:

Country:

Zip Code:

Telephone Number: 978-250-2678 Fax Number:

Email:

Mail Stop:

Non Technical Contact Firm Name:

First Name:

Middle Name:

CommScope Technologies LLC Dana B Extension:

Page 1 of 9 or No or No Extension:

dana.whitney@commscope.com Whitney Suite 100 Chelmsford MA USA 01824 Last Name:

Line 1:

Line 2:

P.O. Box:

City:

State:

Country:

Zip Code:

Telephone Number: 978-250-3144 Fax Number:

Email:

Mail Stop:

Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: Yes Short-Term Confidentiality Does short-term confidentiality apply to this application?: Yes Is so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format):

Or Set the short-term confidentiality release date to specified number of days from grant date marked below: Yes Software Defined Radio Is this application for software defined radio authorization?

Yes Equipment Class Equipment Class (see pages 5-7): PCB Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant): The OneCell RP5100 LTE Band66. Related OET Knowledge Data Base Inquiry Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application?

Yes

- 45 days

- 90 days

-135 days

-180 days or No or No or No Page 2 of 9 Modular Equipment Modular Type:

Single Modular Approval Limited Single Modular Approval Does Not Apply Application Purpose Application is for:

Original Equipment Change in identification of presently authorized equipment Original FCC ID: QHYRPM-A511-B66 Grant Date: 08/21/2019 Class II Permissive Change or modification of presently authorized equipment Class III permissive change to software defined radio NOTE: This may only be filed for applications pertaining to Software Defined Radio. Composite/Related Equipment Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? Yes Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? Yes If either of the above questions is answered "yes", complete the following question:

The related application:

or No or No has been granted under the FCC ID listed below:

is in the process of being filed under the FCC ID listed below:

is pending with the FCC under the FCC ID listed below:

FCC ID: QHYRPM-A511-B66 Equipment Specifications Line Entry Upper Frequency Lower Frequency 2197.5 2190 2192.5 2190 2152.5 2145 2167.5 2160 2112.5 2115 2117.5 2120 2112.5 2120 2112.5 2120 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Power Output

(Watts) 0.254 0.255 0.256 0.251 0.254 0.250 0.256 0.245 Tolerance

(insert units) Emission Designator Microprocessor Number Rule Parts 0.1 ppm 0.1ppm 0.3 ppm 0.3 ppm 0.09 ppm 0.28 ppm 0.09 ppm 0.28 ppm 4M56G7D 9M02G7D 13M5G7D 18M0G7D 4M56G7D 18M0G7D 4M56G7D 18M0G7D Page 3 of 9 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 Grant Notes 19 20 Test Firm Information Name of test firm and contact person on file with the FCC, if different from applicant or contact person:

Firm Name:

Intertek Electrical Division SECTION 5301 (ANTI-DRUG ABUSE) CERTIFICATION:

The applicant must certify that neither the applicant nor any party to the application is subject to a denial of Federal benefits, that include FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 862 because of a conviction for possession or distribution of a controlled substance. See 47 CFR 1.2002(b) for the definition of a "party" for these purposes. Does the applicant or authorized agent so certify? Yes or No Applicant/Agent Certification:

I certify that I am authorized to sign this application. All of the statements herein and the exhibits attached hereto, are true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. In accepting a Grant of Equipment Authorization as a result of the representations made in this application, the applicant is responsible for (1) labeling the equipment with the exact FCC ID specified in this application,

(2) compliance statement labeling pursuant to the applicable rules, and (3) compliance of the equipment with the applicable technical rules. If the applicant is not the actual manufacturer of the equipment, appropriate arrangements have been made with the manufacturer to ensure that production units of this equipment will continue to comply with the FCC's technical requirements. Authorizing an agent to sign this application, is done solely at the applicant's discretion; however, the applicant remains responsible for all statements in this application. If an agent has signed this application on behalf of the applicant, a written letter of authorization which includes information to enable the agent to respond to the above section 5301 (Anti-Drug Abuse) Certification statement has been provided by the applicant. It is understood that the letter of authorization must be submitted to the FCC upon request, and that the FCC reserves the right to contact the applicant directly at any time. Signature of Authorized Person Filing:

Title of authorized signature:

Complete items below if agent signs the application:

Kevin E. Craig Consulting Engineer Firm Name:

First Name:

Middle Name:

Last Name:

Line 1:

Line 2:

P.O. Box:

City:

State:

Country:

Zip Code:

Page 4 of 9 Definitions Subject Confidentiality If this item is answered "Yes" a fee is required for the "Request for Confidentiality" in addition to the fee for the requested Description Software Defined Radio equipment authorization. The written request for confidentiality must include a justification consistent with the requirements in 47 CFR Section 0.459(a) and (b). The confidentiality request must specifically identify the material to be held confidential. See 47 CFR Section 0.457(d), The material to be held confidential, along with a copy of the request, must be specifically annotated as a separate file in the Exhibits portion of this application. Select "Yes" if this application meets the definition of a software defined/cognitive radio (SDR) and is being applied for in this application. Software defined/cognitive radio, for regulatory purposes, is defined as "a radio that includes a transmitter in which the operating parameters of the transmitter, including the frequency range, modulation type or maximum radiated or conducted output power can be altered by making a change in software without making any hardware changes." At the present time TCBs cannot certify Software Defined Radios. These applications must be sent directly to the FCC for certification. The following are Equipment Class and Rule Part combinations to be used to complete the Equipment Authorization System Form 731:

Equipment Class Equipment Class Description 5GB 5GM 5GT 8CC AIS AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP B2I B2I B2I B2I B2I B2I B2P B2P B2P B2P B2W B2W B2W B2W B9A B9B BOS BOS BOS BOS BOS BOS BPL CBD CBE CRD CRR CSR CXX CYY DCD DSC Rule Part 30 Part 30 Fixed Transmitter 30 Part 30 Mobile Transmitter 30 Part 30 Transportable Transmitter 18 Part 18 Consumer Device 80 Automatic Identification Systems 101 Amplifier 22 Amplifier 22H Amplifier 24 Amplifier 24D Amplifier 24E Amplifier 25 Amplifier 27 Amplifier 73 Amplifier 74 Amplifier 80 Amplifier 87 Amplifier 90 Amplifier 95 Amplifier 97 Amplifier 22 Part 20 Industrial Booster (CMRS) 22H Part 20 Industrial Booster (CMRS) 24D Part 20 Industrial Booster (CMRS) 24E Part 20 Industrial Booster (CMRS) 27 Part 20 Industrial Booster (CMRS) Part 20 Industrial Booster (CMRS) 90S Part 20 Provider-Specific Consumer Booster (CMRS) 22H Part 20 Provider-Specific Consumer Booster (CMRS) 24E Part 20 Provider-Specific Consumer Booster (CMRS) 27 Part 20 Provider-Specific Consumer Booster (CMRS) 90S 22H Part 20 Wideband Consumer Booster (CMRS) 24E Part 20 Wideband Consumer Booster (CMRS) 27 Part 20 Wideband Consumer Booster (CMRS) 90S Part 20 Wideband Consumer Booster (CMRS) Part 90 Class A Industrial Booster (non-SMR) 90 90 Part 90 Class B Industrial Booster (non-SMR) 101 All other signal boosters other than 20.21/90.219 22 All other signal boosters other than 20.21/90.219 25 All other signal boosters other than 20.21/90.219 74 All other signal boosters other than 20.21/90.219 All other signal boosters other than 20.21/90.219 90 97 All other signal boosters other than 20.21/90.219 15G Access Broadband Over Powerline System 96 Citizens Band Category A and B Devices 96 Citizens Band End User Devices 15B Part 15 Radar Detector Superregenerative Receiver 15B Scanning Receiver 15B Communications Rcvr for use w/ licensed Tx and CBs 15B Communications Receiver used w/Pt 15 Transmitter 15B 15C Part 15 Low Power Transmitter Below 1705 kHz Part 15 Security/Remote Control Transmitter 15.231 Page 5 of 9 Rule Part 15.231(e) Equipment Class Equipment Class Description DSC DSR DSR DSS DTS DWM DXT DXX EAD EAV ETB ETR ETS FAP FDS FRB FRE FRF FRF FRT GAT GEP GHF GHH GMF GVH HID JAB JAD JAV JBC JBP LMS LMS LPR LPR MRD MRD NII PCB PCB PCB PCB PCB PCB PCB PCB PCB PCE PCE PCE PCE PCE PCE PCF PCF PCF PCF PCF PCF PCT PCT PCT PCT PCT PCT PCT PLB PUB PUE PUF PUT RNV SRT SSA TBC TBC Part 15 Security/Remote Control Transmitter Part 15 Remote Control/Security Device Transceiver 15.231 Part 15 Remote Control/Security Device Transceiver 15.231(e) 15C Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter 15C Digital Transmission System 15C Part 15 Wireless Microphone Part 15 Low Power Transceiver, Rx Verified 15C Part 15 Low Power Communication Device Transmitter 15C 11 Part 11 Emergency Alert Devices 15.251 Part 15 Automatic Vehicle Identification System 15C Part 15 Cordless Telephone Base Transceiver 15C Part 15 Cordless Telephone Remote Transceiver 15C Part 15 Cordless Telephone System 15C Part 15 Anti-Pilferage Device 15.245 Part 15 Field Disturbance Sensor 95B Part 95 Family Radio Base Transmitter 95B Part 95 Family Radio Ear Held Transmitter 80 Part 95 Family Radio Face Held Transmitter 95B Part 95 Family Radio Face Held Transmitter 95B Part 95 Family Radio Body Worn Transmitter 15.237 Part 15 Auditory Assistance Device (Transmitter) 80.1101(c)(5) 406 MHz EPIRB 80.1101(c)(4) Part 80 HF Transmitter (GMDSS) 80.1101(c)(7) Part 80 VHF Hand Held Transmitter (GMDSS) 80.1101(c)(3) Part 80 MF Transmitter (GMDSS) 80.1101(c)(4) Part 80 VHF Transmitter (GMDSS) 15B Part 15 TV Interface Device 15B Part 15 Class B Digital Device 15B Part 15 Class A Digital Device Other Non-Digital SDoC Devices 15B Part 15 Class B Computing Device/Personal Computer 15B 15B Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral 90.353 Part 90 Location & Monitoring Transmitter 90.355 Part 90 Location & Monitoring Transmitter 15.209 Level Probing Radar 15.256 Level Probing Radar Marine Radar 80 90 Marine Radar 15E Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX 101C PCS Licensed Transmitter 22 PCS Licensed Transmitter PCS Licensed Transmitter 22H 24.232(b) PCS Licensed Transmitter 24D PCS Licensed Transmitter 24E PCS Licensed Transmitter 27 PCS Licensed Transmitter 90 PCS Licensed Transmitter PCS Licensed Transmitter 95G 22 PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear 22H PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear 24D PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear 24E PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear 27 PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear 90 22H PCS Licensed Transmitter held to face 24 PCS Licensed Transmitter held to face 24D PCS Licensed Transmitter held to face 24E PCS Licensed Transmitter held to face 27 PCS Licensed Transmitter held to face PCS Licensed Transmitter held to face 90 22 PCS Licensed Transmitter worn on body 22H PCS Licensed Transmitter worn on body 24D PCS Licensed Transmitter worn on body 24E PCS Licensed Transmitter worn on body 27 PCS Licensed Transmitter worn on body PCS Licensed Transmitter worn on body 90 95I PCS Licensed Transmitter worn on body 95K Personal Locator Beacons 15D Part 15 Unlicensed PCS Base Station 15D Part 15 Unlicensed PCS portable Tx held to ear Part 15 Unlicensed PCS portable Tx held to face 15D 15D Part 15 Unlicensed PCS portable Tx worn on body 80.1101(c)(1) Part 80 NAVTEX Receiver 80.1101(c)(6) Radar Transponder 80 Ship Security Alert Systems (SSAS) 27 Licensed Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Broadcast Station Transmitter 73 Page 6 of 9 Equipment Class Equipment Class Description TBC TBF TBT TDC TDC TDC TLD TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNB TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNE TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF Licensed Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Part 80 DSC Controller Part 80 DSC Controller Part 80 DSC Controller Licensed LPAS Device Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Ear Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Page 7 of 9 Rule Part 74 74.861 74.861 80.1101(c)(2) 80.1101(c)(3) 80.1101(c)(4) 74H 101 22 22G 22H 25 27 74 78 80 87 90 90.203(j)(4) 90.203(j)(5) 90.203(j)(7) 90.203(j)(8) 90.210 90.210(e) 90.217 90.217(b) 90.217(c) 90.221 90.259 90.265 90.265(b) 90F 90T 90Y 95C 95D 95E 95F 95G 95H 95I 95J 95L 101 22 22G 22H 25 27 74 80 87 90 90.203(j)(4) 90.203(j)(5) 90.203(j)(7) 90.203(j)(8) 90.210 90.210(e) 90.217 90.217(b) 90.217(c) 90.259 90.265 90.265(b) 90Y 95C 95F 95G 95H 95J 95L 101 22 22G 22H 25 Equipment Class Equipment Class Description TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNF TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT TNT UWB VRD WBT WBT WG1 WG2 WGF WS1 WS2 WSF Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Held to Face Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Licensed Non-Broadcast Transmitter Worn on Body Ultra Wideband Transmitter Part 95 Vehicular Radar Systems Wideband Transmitter Wideband Transmitter White Space Device with Geo-location- Mode 1 White Space Device with Geo-location- Mode 2 White Space Device with Geo-location- Fixed White Space Device with Sensing-Mode 1 White Space Device with Sensing-Mode 2 White Space Device with Sensing-Fixed Rule Part 27 74 80 87 90 90.203(j)(4) 90.203(j)(5) 90.203(j)(7) 90.203(j)(8) 90.210 90.210(e) 90.217 90.217(b) 90.217(c) 90.259 90.265 90.265(b) 90R 90S 90Y 95C 95D 95E 95F 95G 95H 95J 95L 101 22 22G 22H 25 27 74 80 87 90 90.203(j)(4) 90.203(j)(5) 90.203(j)(7) 90.203(j)(8) 90.217 90.217(b) 90.217(c) 90.259 90.265 90.265(b) 90Y 95C 95D 95F 95G 95H 95I 95J 95L 15F 95M 15.250 15.252 15H 15H 15H 15H 15H 15H Page 8 of 9 Page 9 of 9

 

 

250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 To: Intertek TCB 70 Codman Hill Road Boxborough, MA 01719 Tune Up Procedure Declaration 12/01/2015 Gentlemen:

This letter declares that the product associated with the submission of FCC ID QHYRPM-A5A11-B02 does not require any tune up procedure for proper operation. Sincerely, Kevin Craig Consulting Mechanical Engineer 12/03/2015

 

 

Limited Single Modular Approval Request Company Name: CommScope Technologies, LLC FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B66 To Whom It May Concern, In accordance with 47CFR 15.212 Modular Transmitters and KDB 996369 D01 Module Certification Guide v02. FCC ID: QHYRPM-A5A11-B66 has been examined against the following requirements. 250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 Requirement per 15.212 and KDB 996369 D01 Modular Certification Guide v02 1) The radio elements must have the radio frequency circuitry shielded. Physical components and tuning capacitor(s) may be located external to the shield, but must be on the module assembly;

2) The module must have buffered modulation/data inputs to ensure that the device will comply with Part 15 requirements with any type of input signal;

3) The module must contain power supply regulation on the module;

4) The module must contain a permanently attached antenna, or contain a unique antenna connector, and be marketed and operated only with specific antenna(s), per 15.203, 15.204(b), 15.204(c), 15.212(a), 2.929(b);

5) The module must demonstrate compliance in a stand-alone configuration;

6) The module must be labeled with its permanently affixed FCC ID label, or use an electronic display (see KDB Publication 784748);

7) The module must comply with all specific rules applicable to the transmitter, including all the conditions provided in the integration instructions by the grantee;

Explanation from Grantee

(do not write yes/no, but explain why product complies/how it is achieved) The Radio Module has its own RF shielding as shown in Figure 1 at the end of this document. This requirement is met only when the Radio Module is connected to a host that must be designed or approved by CommScope Technologies LLC. The Radio Module has its own power supply regulation that is power from +12VDC from the host. The Radio Module has a unique antenna connector to support a bolted on attached antenna PCBA. The Radio Module was tested in a stand-alone configuration. The test was performed in an open enclosure with the module exposed and attached to a digital board representing typical CommScope host configuration. The Radio Module will be labeled with FCC ID: QHYRPM-

A5A11-B66 as shown in Figure 2 at the end of this document The Radio Module was tested for compliance with FCC rule Part 27. The integration of the Radio Module is done by CommScope or a professional installer, approved by CommScope. 8) The module must comply with RF exposure requirements. The Radio Module complies with RF exposure requirements as shown in the MPE documents. 250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 Figure 1 250 Apollo Drive Suite 100 Chelmsford, MA 01824 T: +1 978-250-3000 Figure 2